Owners Manual,Owner's Manual - Buick · this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, ... Part No. 84098804 B Second Printing ©2017 General Motors LLC

84098804 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_BUI_Encore_COV_en_US_84098804B_2017NOV20.ai 1 11/2/2017 9:57:39 AM18_BUI_Encore_COV_en_US_84098804B_2017NOV20.ai 1 11/2/2017 9:57:39 AM

Buick Encore Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-11354409) - 2018 - crc - 11/8/17

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 26

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 102

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 144

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 154

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 276

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 292

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 302

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, theBUICK Emblem, and ENCORE aretrademarks and/or service marks ofGeneral Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forBuick Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

About Driving the VehicleAs with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure toread the driving guidelines in thismanual in the section called “Drivingand Operating” and specificallyDriver Behavior 0 155, DrivingEnvironment 0 155, and VehicleDesign 0 155.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84098804 B Second Printing ©2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints


4 Introduction

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 19Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Universal Remote System . . . . . 22Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 23Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 24Driving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 152.

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 140.

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 138.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 109.

4. Driver Information Center (DIC)Display.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 125 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 123.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer0 103.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer0 105.

6. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 139.

7. Infotainment 0 144.

8. Climate Control Systems 0 145or Dual Automatic ClimateControl System 0 148 (IfEquipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 103(If Equipped).

9. Instrument Panel Storage 0 97.

10. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 175.

11. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 180.

Hazard Warning Flashers0 140.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 72.

12. Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 192 (If Equipped).

13. Parking Assist 0 186 (IfEquipped).

14. Ignition Positions 0 166.

15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 103.

16. Horn 0 103.

17. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 103.

18. Cruise Control 0 182.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 188 (If Equipped).

19. Hood Release. See Hood0 201.

20. Instrument Panel Storage 0 97.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 116.

22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 138.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 141.

Front Fog Lamps 0 141 (IfEquipped).


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner’s manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe vehicle may have a fuel savingStop/Start system to shut off theengine and help conserve fuel.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. When thebrake pedal is released or theaccelerator pedal is pushed, theengine will restart. The engine mayrestart even while the brake isapplied. See Starting the Engine0 168.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the back of the RKE transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.The key can be used for all locks.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors, depending on thevehicle personalization settings.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. Press andhold for at least three seconds tosound the panic alarm. Press againto cancel the panic alarm.

See Keys 0 26 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.


In Brief 9

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors from theoutside:

. Press K or Q on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27.

. Use the key in the driver door.See Door Locks 0 35.

To lock or unlock the doors from theinside:

Q : Press to lock the door.

K : Press to unlock the door.

See Power Door Locks 0 36.

LiftgateTo lock or unlock the liftgate frominside, press Q or K on the powerdoor locks. See Power Door Locks0 36.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromoutside, press Q or K on theRemote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad below the license plate andlift up.

See Liftgate 0 38.


10 In Brief

Windows

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 171.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment 0 49.

Power Seats

To adjust a power seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 50.


In Brief 11

Lumbar Adjustment

If available, press the front or rear ofthe switch to increase or decreaselumbar support. Release the switchwhen the desired level of support isreached.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 50.

Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Seat Shown, Power SeatSimilar

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

If necessary, move the seatbelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 50.

Memory Features

If equipped, the MEM, 1, and 2buttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallystore and recall the driver seat and


12 In Brief

outside mirror positions. Thesemanually stored positions arereferred to as Button Memorypositions.

The vehicle will also automaticallystore driver seat and outside mirrorpositions to the current driverRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter when the ignition isturned off. These automaticallystored positions are referred to asRKE Memory positions.

See Memory Seats 0 51 andVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Second Row SeatsThe rear seatbacks can be foldeddown to increase cargo space.

See Rear Seats 0 56.

Heated Seats

If equipped, the controls are on theclimate control panel. The enginemust be running to operate theheated seats.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the control once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe control, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

See Heated Front Seats 0 53.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 48 and SeatAdjustment 0 49.


In Brief 13

Seat Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to useseat belts properly:

. Seat Belts 0 59.

. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly0 60.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 61.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 84.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag (if equipped) under certainconditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 72 for importantinformation.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theinstrument panel when the vehicle isstarted. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 115.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Turn the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Move the control to adjust themirror.


14 In Brief

3. Turn the selector switch to9to deselect the mirror.

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Hold the rearview mirror in thecenter and move it to view the areabehind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

If equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind. SeeManual Rearview Mirror 0 42.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror

If equipped with an automaticdimming rearview mirror, the mirrorwill automatically reduce the glarefrom the headlamps from behind.The dimming feature comes onwhen the vehicle is started.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 42.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Lift the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingFront and Rear Dome Lamps

The front dome lamp controls are inthe overhead console.

( : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

' : Press to turn on the domelamps.


In Brief 15

The rear dome lamp controls are inthe headliner above the rear seats.

9 : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.


R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.

Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

For more information about interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 141 orCourtesy Lamps 0 141.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. TurnO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


16 In Brief

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition is off andthe headlamps are on.

# : If equipped with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 138.

. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 139.

. Front Fog Lamps 0 141.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.For intermittent wipes, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

If equipped with Rainsense, movethe windshield wiper lever to INTand turn thex INT band to adjustthe sensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

b : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear wiper/washer controls areon the end of the windshield wiperlever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.


In Brief 17

INT : Press the lower portion of thebutton to set a delay betweenwipes.

m= REAR : Push the windshieldwiper lever forward to spray washerfluid on the rear window. The leverreturns to its starting position whenreleased.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 103 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 105.

Climate ControlsThe heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with these systems.

Climate Control System

1. Temperature Control

2. Air Delivery Modes

3. Fan Control

4. Defrost

5. Rear Window Defogger

6. Air Conditioning or Comfort/Eco Air Conditioning

7. Recirculation

See Climate Control Systems 0 145(if equipped).


18 In Brief

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

1. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls


4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Defrost


7. Fan Controls


9. Recirculation

10. Heated Steering Wheel (IfEquipped)

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 148 (if equipped).

Transmission

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

DSC allows you to shift anautomatic transmission similar to amanual transmission. To use theDSC feature:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).


In Brief 19

2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the top of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

See Manual Mode 0 177.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

o : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on or off. A white indicatorcomes in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume to that speed orhold upward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.


20 In Brief

SET/− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasespeed.

n : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 182.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the turn signal lever.

1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clearthe menu item displayed.

2. \ : Turn the band to scrollthrough the menu items.

3. MENU: Press to display theDIC menus. This button is alsoused to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 125 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a visual alertand rapidly beeps.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 188.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater. LDW uses a camera sensor

to detect the lane markings. TheLDW light, @, is green if a lanemarking is detected. If the vehicledeparts the lane without using a turnsignal in that direction, the light willchange to amber and flash. Inaddition, beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 192.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, SBZA will detectmoving vehicles in the next laneover in the vehicle's side blind zonearea. When this happens, the SBZAdisplay will light up in thecorresponding outside side mirrorand will flash if the turn signal is on.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 190.


In Brief 21

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle, on theinfotainment display, when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).

See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)0 184.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic behind your vehicle that maycross your vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound.

See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA)” under Rear Vision Camera(RVC) 0 184.

Parking AssistIf available, Front and Rear ParkingAssist (FRPA) uses sensors on thefront and rear bumpers to detect

objects while parking the vehicle.It operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph). FRPA uses audiobeeps to provide distance andsystem information.

Keep the sensors on the vehicle'sfront and rear bumpers clean toensure proper operation.

See Parking Assist 0 186.

Power Outlets

Power Outlet 110/120 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet is onthe rear of the center console. It canbe used to plug in electricalequipment that uses a maximumlimit of 150 watts.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is onand equipment requiring less than150 watts is plugged into the outlet,and no system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is off or if theequipment is not fully seated intothe outlet.

See Power Outlets 0 107.


22 In Brief

Universal Remote System

If equipped, this system provides away to replace up to three remotecontrol transmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to program theUniversal Remote system. Becauseof the steps involved, it may behelpful to have another personavailable to assist you withprogramming the Universal Remotesystem.

See Universal Remote System0 134.

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 171.

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express Close :Press and releaseD (1) at thesecond detent to express-open thesunroof. Press and releaseg (1)at the second detent to

express-close the sunroof. Pressthe switch again to stop themovement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) :Press and holdD (1) at the firstdetent to open the sunroof. Pressand holdg (1) at the first detentto close the sunroof. Release theswitch to stop the movement.

Tilt Switch

Vent : Press and holdE (2) to vent

the sunroof. Press and holdg (2)to close the sunroof vent.

The sunshade opens automaticallywith the sunroof, but must bemanually closed.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system feature. SeeSunroof 0 45.


In Brief 23

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease g on the center stack.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster and the appropriate DICmay display.

. Press and release g again toturn TCS back on.

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and hold guntil g and i illuminate in the

instrument cluster and theappropriate DIC message maydisplay.

. Press g again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 180.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See

Vehicle Load Limits 0 162. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 244.

Fuel


24 In Brief

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle.Do not use gasoline with an octanerating lower as it may result invehicle damage and lower fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 193.

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINE

OIL SOON DIC message when it isnecessary to change the engine oiland filter.

Remember, the oil life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the oil life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Press the MENU button toshow Remaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press the SET/CLRbutton while the oil life displayis active. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil is changed.It cannot be reset accurately.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 209.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.


In Brief 25. Combine several trips into a

single trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-252-1112

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Buick owners are automaticallyenrolled in the Roadside AssistanceProgram.

See Roadside Assistance Program0 296.


26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 33Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 36Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 39Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 40

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 42Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 42Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the back of the transmitter, andpull the key out. Never pull the keyout without pressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 296.

With an active OnStar service plan,an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStarOverview 0 306.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 302.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 27.



With Remote Start Shown

The following may be available:

Q : Press to lock all doors and,if equipped, the locking fuel door.

The hazard warning flashers mayflash and/or the horn may sound onthe second press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 128.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and the feature is enabledthrough vehicle personalization, alldoors will lock and then the driverdoor will unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 39.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press again within five seconds tounlock all doors. The RKEtransmitter can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first buttonpress. See Vehicle Personalization0 128.

The hazard warning flashers willflash to indicate unlocking. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Pressing K will disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 39.

If equipped K will also unlock thefuel door.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and the

turn signals flash for 30 seconds,or until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

/ : If equipped, press Q and thenpress and hold/ for at leastfour seconds to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See RemoteVehicle Start 0 33.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the liftgate without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the liftgate or door beingopened. If the vehicle has thisfeature, there will be a button oneach door handle.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.



If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked toseating positions of memory 1 or 2.See Memory Seats 0 51.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door handle, pressingthe lock/unlock button on the driverdoor handle will unlock the driverdoor. If the lock/unlock button ispressed again within five seconds,all passenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. The lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe passenger door handle,pressing the lock/unlock button onthe passenger door handle willunlock all doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped with Keyless Access,the vehicle will lock several secondsafter all doors are closed if thevehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

If equipped with a locking fuel door,the fuel door will also lock atthis time.



If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see Vehicle Personalization0 128.

Temporary Disable of the PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor several seconds, or until threechimes are heard. Passive lockingwill then remain disabled until Q onthe interior door is pressed, or untilthe vehicle is turned on.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed.

To turn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, the DICwill display NO REMOTEDETECTED and the horn will chirpthree times. This occurs only onceeach time the vehicle is driven. Toturn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

When the doors are locked, pressthe touch pad to open the liftgate ifthe RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft).

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.



1. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the centerconsole front cupholder.

2. Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keylock cylinder on the outside ofthe driver door and turn the keyto the unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.

3. Remove the two recognizedtransmitters from thecupholder.

4. Place the new transmitter inthe cupholder

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehicle

must be off and all of thetransmitters to be programmed mustbe with you.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the key tothe unlock position five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.



The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

4. Place the new transmitter inthe front cupholder.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak, theDIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED when trying to start thevehicle. The REPLACE BATTERYIN REMOTE KEY message mayalso be displayed at this time.

To start the vehicle:

1. Place the transmitter in thecenter console front cupholderwith the buttons facing the frontof the vehicle.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.



The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on thetransmitter and pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle StartThe vehicle may have this featurethat allows you to start the enginefrom outside the vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger may come on during aremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear windowdefogger indicator light does notcome on during a remote start. If the



vehicle has heated seats, they maycome on during a remote start. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 53.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 27.

Starting the Vehicle

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Press and release Q.

2. Immediately after completingStep 1, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

When the engine starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for15 minutes. After 30 seconds,repeat the steps if a 15-minuteextension is desired. Remote startcan be extended only once.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 15 minutes,if during the first 15 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 30 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 15-minute period isadded on to the first 15 minutes fora total of 30 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition must be turned on andthen off before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. A transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The malfunction indicator lampis on.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 35. The engine coolant temperature

is too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, all

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors from theoutside:

. Press K or Q on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 27.

. Use the key in the driver door.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press K or Q on the power doorlock switch.

. Pulling an interior door handlewill unlock the door. Pulling thedoor handle again unlatches it.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door beingopened.

Press the button on the door handleto open. See “Keyless AccessOperation” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with the



correct key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout has been turned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked, andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on the power door lockswitch.

. Shift the transmission intoP (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKE



transmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout hasbeen turned on and the vehicle isoff, the driver door is open, andlocking is requested, all the doorswill lock and the driver door willremain unlocked. Push the lockbutton on the door or the RKEtransmitter a second time to lock thedriver door. The Unlocked DoorAnti-Lockout feature can be turnedon or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock islocated on the inside edge of therear doors. To use the safety lock:

1. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the horizontal position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.

To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by using thepower door lock switch, or byusing the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the vertical position. Dothe same for the other door.



Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 174.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

To open the liftgate, press K on the

power door lock switch or press Kon the RKE transmitter to unlock alldoors.

See Power Door Locks 0 36 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

Press the touch pad below thelicense plate and lift up.

The liftgate may also be openedwhile the vehicle is locked bypressing the touch pad while theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe rear of the vehicle.

To close the liftgate, push from thecenter to ensure that it fully latches.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemIf equipped with an anti-theft alarmsystem, the indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindshield, shows the status of thesystem.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flast : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the liftgate, or the hoodis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one oftwo ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. With a door open, press Qon the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If any door or the hood is openedwithout first unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifany door or the the hood is openedwithout first disarming the system.When the alarm is activated, theturn signals flash and the hornsounds for about 30 seconds. Thealarm system will then re-arm tomonitor for the next unauthorizedevent.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.



Avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have exited and alldoors are closed.

. Always unlock the vehicle withthe RKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed and the horn chirpsand the lights flash three times, anattempted break-in has occurredwhile the system was armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 302.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when ENGINE START/STOP is pressed and a validtransmitter is found in the vehicle.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the front cupholder.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

If the engine does not start with theother transmitter or when thetransmitter is in the pocket in thefront cupholder, the vehicle needsservice. See your dealer who canservice the theft-deterrent systemand have a new transmitterprogrammed to the vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Turn the selector switch to L(Left) or R (Right) to choosethe driver or passenger mirror.

2. Move the control to adjust themirror.

3. Turn the selector switch to9to deselect the mirror.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

These mirrors can be folded inwardto prevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash. Tofold, pull the mirror toward thevehicle. Push the mirror outward toreturn it to the original position.

Heated MirrorsThis vehicle has heated mirrors:

1 : Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underClimate Control Systems 0 145.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.



The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, the vehiclemay have three control buttons atthe bottom of the mirror. See yourdealer for more information aboutOnStar and how to subscribe to it.See OnStar Overview 0 306.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped with a manual rearviewmirror, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 26.

Power windows work when theignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 171.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if they are used repeatedlywithin a short time.



Window Lockout

This feature stops the rearpassenger windows from working.

. PressZ to engage the rearwindow lockout feature. Theindicator light is on whenengaged.

. PressZ again to disengage.

Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversal

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

system override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.



4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. If equipped, detach the sunvisor from the center mount to pivotto the side window or to extendalong the rod.

If equipped, there is a lighted mirroron the sun visor. Lift the coverto open.

Roof

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orwhen Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 171.

Slide Switch

Express-Open/Express-Close :Press and releaseD (1) at thesecond detent to express-open thesunroof. Press and releaseg (1)at the second detent to

express-close the sunroof. Pressthe switch again to stop themovement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) :Press and holdD (1) at the firstdetent to open the sunroof. Pressand holdg (1) at the first detentto close the sunroof. Release theswitch to stop the movement.

Tilt Switch

Vent : Press and holdE (2) to vent

the sunroof. Press and holdg (2)to close the sunroof vent.

The sunshade opens automaticallywith the sunroof, but must bemanually closed.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automaticreversal system that is only activewhen the sunroof is operated inexpress-close mode.



If an object is in the path whileexpress closing, the reversal systemwill detect an object, stop, and openthe sunroof again.

If frost or other conditions preventclosing, override the feature byclosing the sunroof in manualmode. To stop movement, releasethe switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal and

roof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 47

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 50Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 50Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 64

Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 67When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Passenger Sensing System . . . 72Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 76Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 77Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Infants and Young Children . . . . 79Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 82Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 83Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 84

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94


48 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Front Seats

The front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechances of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The rear seats have head restraintsin the outboard seating positionsthat can be lowered for bettervisibility when the rear seat isunoccupied.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down.

When an occupant is in the seat,always return the head restraint tothe upright position. Pull the headrestraint up and push it rearwarduntil it locks into place. Push andpull on the head restraint to makesure that it is locked.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 84.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.



2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 50.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 50.

Lumbar Adjustment

If available, press the front or rear ofthe switch to increase or decreaselumbar support. Release the switchwhen the desired level of support isreached.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

Manual Seat Shown, Power SeatSimilar



To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.


2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.


To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats



If equipped, the MEM, 1, and 2buttons on the outboard side of thedriver seat are used to manuallysave and recall the driver seat andoutside mirror positions. Thesemanually stored positions arereferred to as Button Memorypositions.

The vehicle will also automaticallysave driver seat and outside mirrorpositions to the current driverRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter when the ignition isturned off. These automaticallystored positions are referred to asRKE Memory positions. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

Storing Button Memory Positions

To save positions into ButtonMemory:

1. Adjust the driver seat andoutside mirrors to the desireddriving positions.

2. Press and hold MEM (Memory)and 1 at the same time until abeep sounds.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using 2.

Recalling Button MemoryPositions

To recall the Button Memorypositions, press and hold 1 or 2. Thedriver seat and outside mirrorsmove to the positions stored tothose buttons when pressed.Releasing 1 or 2 before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction; then pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item that isnot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the memory position againby pressing the appropriate memorybutton. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Recalling RKE Memory Positions

The RKE memory feature can recallthe driver seat and outside mirrorsto previously stored RKE Memorypositions when entering the vehicle.

Every time the ignition is turned off,the positions of the driver seat andoutside mirrors are automaticallystored to the RKE transmitter thatwas used to start the vehicle. Thesepositions and settings are calledRKE Memory positions and may bedifferent than the previouslymentioned Button Memory positionssaved to the 1 or 2 buttons.

. On vehicles with RKE, press Kon the RKE transmitter and openthe driver door.

. On vehicles with KeylessAccess, press the lock/unlockbutton on the outside driver doorhandle and open the door. TheRKE transmitter must be presentfor the recall to activate.

. If the driver door is alreadyopen, press K on the RKEtransmitter to activate the recall.



This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 128.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling a memoryposition, the recall may stop.Remove the obstruction; then pressand hold the appropriate manualcontrol for the memory item that isnot recalling for two seconds. Tryrecalling the memory position againby opening the driver door andpressing the RKE transmitter Kbutton. If the memory position is stillnot recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature moves the seatrearward allowing the driver moreroom to exit the vehicle.

To activate, turn off the ignition andopen the driver door. If the driverdoor is already open, turning off theignition will activate the recall.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 128.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, power mirror,or power seat controls.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling the exit position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and hold thepower seat control rearward fortwo seconds. Try recalling the exitposition again. If the exit position isstill not recalling, see your dealer forservice.

Front Seat Armrest

There is an armrest on the inboardside of the driver seat. To raise orlower the armrest, push up or pulldown on the armrest.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use care

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the controls are on theclimate control panel. The enginemust be running to operate theheated seats.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press the control once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe control, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting and onelight the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Remote Start Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats can be turned onautomatically during a remotevehicle start. The heated seats willbe canceled when the ignition isturned on. Press the heated seatcontrols to use the heated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated seat indicator lights onthe control do not turn on during aremote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seat feature is enabled inthe vehicle personalization menu.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 andVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Folding SeatbackThe front passenger seatbackfolds flat.

{ Warning

If you fold the seatback forward tocarry longer objects, such as skis,be sure any such cargo is notnear an airbag. In a crash, aninflating airbag might force thatobject toward a person. Thiscould cause severe injury or even

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

death. Secure objects away fromthe area in which an airbag wouldinflate. For more information, seeWhere Are the Airbags? 0 67 andVehicle Load Limits 0 162.

{ Warning

Things you put on this seatbackcan strike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in a crash.Remove or secure all itemsbefore driving.

To fold the seatback:

1. Lower the head restraint all theway. See Head Restraints0 48.

2. Move the seat as far back aspossible. See Seat Adjustment0 49.

3. Lift the lever fully and fold theseatback forward.


4. Continue lowering the seatbackuntil it is completely folded andlocks in place.

To raise the seatback:

1. Lift the lever fully to unlock theseatback. Then, raise theseatback and push it rearwarduntil it re-engages.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

Caution

Folding the rear seatback prior totilting the seat cushion forwardmay damage the rear seat.Always tilt the rear seat cushionforward before folding theseatback.

To fold a seatback down:

1. Make sure the floor area infront of the rear seats is clear.

2. Fully lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 48.

3. Slide the front seats forwardand place the front seatbacksin the upright position.See Seat Adjustment 0 49 andReclining Seatbacks 0 50.

4. Pull the strap on the front edgeof the rear seat cushion torelease the cushion. Tilt theseat cushion forward towardthe front of the vehicle.

The seat cushion must be tiltedforward before the seatback isfolded down. Otherwise, theseatback will not fold downproperly.

Rear Seat with Retainer Hook onthe Seatback

5. Make sure the seat belt is inthe retainer hook on top of theseatback, if equipped.



6. Reach under the belt and pullthe lever on top of the seatbackto unlock the seatback.

A tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.

7. Fold the seatback forwardand down.

Seat Belt Clip on Side Trim

8. Place the outboard seat belt inthe seat belt clip (if equipped)on the side trim of the vehicle.

9. Repeat Steps 1–8 for the otherseatback and seat cushion,if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could cause

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

injury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To return the rear seatback to thenormal seating position:

Seat Belt Clip on Side Trim

1. Remove the outboard seat beltfrom the seat belt clip (ifequipped) on the side trim ofthe vehicle.

2. Lift the seatback and push itrearward to lock it in place.A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

Make sure the seat belts arenot pinched by the seatbacklocking mechanism.

The center rear seat belt maylock when you raise theseatback. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the seat beltis still locked, try again afterpulling the seat cushion out.

3. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

4. Return the seat cushion to itsoriginal position and pushdown on the front part of theseat cushion until it latches.

Make sure the seat belts andseat belt buckles are nottrapped under the seat cushionand are properly positionedfor use.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the otherseatback and seat cushion,if necessary.

If additional cargo space is notneeded, the seatbacks should bekept in the upright, locked position.



Rear Seat Armrest

The rear seat has an armrest in thecenter of the seatback. Lower thearmrest to access the cupholders.

To fold, lift the armrest up and pushit rearward until it is flush with theseatback.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 114.

Why Seat Belts Work



When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout seat belts and children, andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 78 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 79. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,



this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

The rear center seat belt canonly be withdrawn from theretractor if the seatback is inthe upright locked position.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 64.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”

later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.



Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andfront outboard passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe seat belt in a crash. See How toWear Seat Belts Properly 0 60.

To move the shoulder belt heightadjuster down, push down on therelease button and move the heightadjuster to the desired position. Youcan move the height adjuster up bypushing up on the shoulder beltguide.

After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 65.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions the beltaway from the neck and head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.



Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likely

that the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn or frayed seat beltsmay not protect you in a crash.They can rip apart under impactforces. If a belt is torn or frayed,have it replaced immediately.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 114.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 64.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.



{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 115.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger

The vehicle may have the followingairbags:

. A knee airbag for the driver

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 69.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.



{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 78 orInfants and Young Children 0 79.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 115 for more information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.



The driver knee airbag (if equipped)is below the steering column. Thefront outboard passenger kneeairbag (if equipped) is below theglove box.


The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the side of the seatbackclosest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 66.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbag

system's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags (if equipped) aredesigned to inflate in moderate tosevere frontal or near frontalimpacts. Knee airbags are notdesigned to inflate during vehiclerollovers, in rear impacts, or in manyside impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.



A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills the

airbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 67.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk of

full or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 69.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal, knee (if equipped),and seat-mounted side impactairbags inflate, they quickly deflate,so quickly that some people maynot even realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 67.



The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignitionoff and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.


72 Seats and Restraints. The vehicle has a crash sensing

and diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash.See Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy 0 304 and Event DataRecorders 0 304.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, will be visibleduring the system check. When thesystem check is complete, either theword ON or OFF, or the symbol foron or off, will be visible. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 115.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag (if equipped) under certain

conditions. No other airbag isaffected by the passenger sensingsystem.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped)should be allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag inflates.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped) if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a rear-facinginfant seat.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in a childrestraint.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in abooster seat.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. A front outboard passenger seatis occupied by a smaller person,such as a child who hasoutgrown child restraints.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped), theoff indicator will light and stay lit asa reminder that the airbags are off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 115.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped)anytime the system senses that aperson of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbags to be enabled,



the on indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children who haveoutgrown child restraints and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag (ifequipped), depending upon theperson's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle whohas outgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Light 0 115 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 92 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Beltin the Front Seat) 0 94.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 48.

6. Restart the vehicle.

If the on indicator is still lit, securethe child in the child restraint in arear seat position in the vehicle, andcheck with your dealer.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag (ifequipped):


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

ride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specific



vehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Your

dealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 301.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changingany parts of the front seats, seatbelts, airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, inner door seals including thespeakers, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling or pillar garnishtrim, front sensors, side impactsensors, or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may not



operate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 72.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 251 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicle

is modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 294.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 115.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 67. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 115.



Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 61.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 61.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.



In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes the



need, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injured

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,

there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularseat belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatal

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

injuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 78.



Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST

availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.



Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 72 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additional

passengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint system and secure thechild restraint system properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the



vehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 92or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 94.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to securethe child restraint.See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 92or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 94.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCH



seating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

I : Seating positions withtop tether anchors.

H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.



To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the trim near theanchor.

The top tether anchors are on theback of the rear seatbacks. Be sureto use an anchor on the same sideof the vehicle as the seatingposition where the child restraint willbe placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 83 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle's seatbelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one child

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

restraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 83.

This system is designed to makeinstallation of child restraints easier.When using lower anchors, do notuse the vehicle's seat belts. Insteaduse the vehicle's anchors and childrestraint attachments to secure therestraints. Some restraints also useanother vehicle anchor to secure atop tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desired



seating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belts. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For rear outboard seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes withthe proper installation ofthe child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

When installing arear-facing child restraint,it may be necessary tomove the front seatforward to properly installthe child restraint per the

child restraintmanufacturer instructions.See Seat Adjustment0 49.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. Place the cargocover on the floor of thecargo area. The cargocover should remain offwhile the top tether isin use.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.



If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, raise the

headrest or head restraintand route the tetherunder the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand your are using a dualtether, raise the headrestor head restraint androute the tether under theheadrest or head restraintand around the headrestor head restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To

check, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 56for additional information.



2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Rear Seats.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system is

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

working properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 84 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Besure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 83.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For outboard second rowseating positions, remove theseat belt from the guide. Do notsecure the child restraint withthe seat belt routed through theguide.

When installing a rear-facingchild restraint, it may benecessary to move the frontseat forward to properly installthe child restraint per the childrestraint manufacturerinstructions.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See"Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation" under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 84.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt



through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that theseat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

If the head restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See "HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation" under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCH

System) 0 84 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 83.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped) undercertain conditions.See Passenger Sensing System0 72 and Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 115 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 72 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag (ifequipped), the off indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 115.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's seat belt

through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that theseat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.



5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 72.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 97

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 97Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 97Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 98

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Cargo Management System . . . 99Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100First Aid Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 100

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Pull the handle to open.

Pull up on the handle to open.

Glove BoxLift up on the glove box lever toopen it.


98 Storage

Cupholders

If equipped, pull the rear seatarmrest down to access.

Underseat Storage

If equipped, there is storage underthe front passenger seat. Lift theend of the tray and pull it forward toopen. Push it in toward the seat toclose.

Center Console Storage

For vehicles with center consolestorage, press the button and sliderearward to open.


Storage 99

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.

If equipped, use the cargo cover tocover items in the rear of thevehicle.

To install, hang the loops on theliftgate anchors.

Cargo ManagementSystemThis vehicle has a cargomanagement system in the rear.

Pull the strap to lift.

Fold the load floor. Place the hookfrom the load floor inside the hookon the side trim.


100 Storage

Convenience Net

The vehicle may have aconvenience net.

The net is used to store small loadsand should not be used for heavyloads.

First Aid Kit

If equipped, the first aid kit isstowed in the side rear storagecompartment.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack — like paneling,plywood, or a mattress — thewind can catch it while the vehicleis being driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collisionand damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, therack can be used to load items. Forroof racks that do not havecrossrails included, GM Certifiedcrossrails can be purchased as anaccessory. See your dealer foradditional information.


Storage 101

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rackthat weighs more than 75 kg(165 lb) or hangs over the rear orsides of the vehicle may damagethe vehicle. Load cargo so that itrests evenly between thecrossrails, making sure to fastencargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securelyfastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking, or abrupt maneuvers;otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle.

See Vehicle Load Limits 0 162.


102 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 103Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 103Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 103Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 103Rear Window Wiper/

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 114

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 115Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Charging System Light . . . . . . . 116Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 116Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 120Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 120Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 121Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 121Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 122Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 122Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 122Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 123Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 123

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center (DIC)

(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Driver Information Center (DIC)

(Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Engine Power Messages . . . . . 128Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 128

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 128

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . . 134Universal Remote System

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Universal Remote System

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


Instruments and Controls 103

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Lift the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. A light on the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.



INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.For intermittent wipes, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

If equipped with Rainsense wipes,see “Rainsense” later in this section.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

b : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occur

depending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 216for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Wipe Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing or Rainsensewipes, the wipers continue to rununtil they reach the base of thewindshield.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. Damaged wiper bladesshould be replaced. See WiperBlade Replacement 0 221.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. A circuit breaker willstop the motor until it cools down.

Rainsense™

If equipped with Rainsense, asensor near the top center of thewindshield detects the amount ofwater on the windshield andcontrols the frequency of thewindshield wiper.

Keep the sensor free from debris toallow for best system performance.



INT : When enabled, move thewindshield wiper lever to INT. Turnthex INT band on the wiper leverto adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windshield wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash,move the windshield wiper lever toOFF. This disables the automaticRainsense windshield wipers and/ormanual windshield wipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmissionis in N (Neutral) and the vehiclespeed is very slow, the wipers willautomatically stop at the base of thewindshield.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherThe rear wiper/washer controls areon the end of the windshield wiperlever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT : Press the lower portion of thebutton for rear intermittent wipes.

m= : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. The leverreturns to its starting position whenreleased.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park under the rearspoiler.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.



Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid 0 216.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

Setting the Compass Zone

Under certain circumstances, suchas during a long trip or moving to anew area, the compass zone willneed to be reset. If the compass isnot set to the correct zone, it maygive false readings. The compasszone should be set to the area inwhich the vehicle is currentlytraveling.

Use the DIC buttons to set thecompass zone:

1. While the vehicle is in P (Park),press the MENU button todisplay the DIC menu.

2. Press and hold SET/CLR whilethe Set Area display is active.

3. Find the vehicle's currentlocation and zone number onthe map. Zones 1 through 15are available.

4. Usewx to change to thecorrect zone number.

5. Press SET/CLR to confirm thesetting.



Clock

Setting the Time and Date

To set the time or date:

1. Select Settings from the HomePage, then select Timeand Date.

2. Select the desired function.

To set the time or date, touch « orª to change the hour, minutes,AM, PM, day, month, or year.

To change the 12-24 Hr setting,touch 12-24 Hr.

To turn Auto Set on and off, touchAuto Set.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

Press q BACK to go to the last

menu and save the changes or { toreturn to the Home Page.

Power Outlets

Power Outlet 110/120 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet is onthe rear of the center console. It canbe used to plug in electricalequipment that uses a maximumlimit of 150 watts.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is onand equipment requiring less than150 watts is plugged into the outlet,and no system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is off or if theequipment is not fully seated intothe outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and theindicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 171. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forand may not work properly, if thefollowing are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage such as:compressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.


108 Instruments and Controls. Other equipment requiring an

extremely stable power supplysuch as:microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touch sensorlamps, etc.

. Medical equipment.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Base Level Metric



Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar



Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the controls to open and scrollthrough the different items anddisplays.

1. SET/CLR : Press to set orclear the menu item when it isdisplayed.

2. \ : Turn the band to scrollthrough the menu items.

3. MENU: Press to access thecluster applications. Thisbutton is also used to return toor exit the last screendisplayed on the DIC.

Press MENU to access the clusterapplications. Use\ to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Not all applications willbe available on all vehicles.

. Info app. This is where you canview the selected DriverInformation Center (DIC)displays.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 125 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 123.

. Navigation

. Options

Navigation

Press SET/CLR to select theNavigation app. Use\ to highlightavailable options. If there is noactive route, you can resume thelast route and turn the voiceprompts on/off. If there is an activeroute, press SET/CLR to cancelroute guidance or turn the voiceprompts on/off.

Options

Press SET/CLR to select theOptions app. Use\ to scrollthrough the items in theOptions menu.

Unit : Press SET/CLR while Unit isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Choose U.S. or metric units bypressing SET/CLR while the desireditem is highlighted.

Info Pages : Press SET/CLR whileInfo Pages is displayed to enter theInfo Pages menu. Press SET/CLRto edit the list of info appsdisplayed.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 125 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows the vehiclespeed in kilometers per hour (km/h)and miles per hour (mph).



OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 125 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Startsystem, when the ignition is on, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. The

engine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine’srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm’s, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining themost fuel efficient operating range.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Metric Uplevel Shown



English Uplevel Shown

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is asmall amount of fuel left, but the fueltank should be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Base Level Shown



English Uplevel Shown

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward thewarning area at the high end of thegauge, the engine is too hot.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 215.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

The vehicle may also have apassenger seat belt reminder light.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.

This cycle continues several times ifthe front passenger remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the front passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other



electronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system (if equipped), thepretensioners, the airbag modules,the wiring, and the crash sensingand diagnostic module. For moreinformation on the airbag system,see Airbag System 0 66.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 72 for importantsafety information. The instrumentpanel has a passenger airbag statusindicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped).

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the front



outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag (if equipped) areallowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag (ifequipped).

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Light 0 115 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

This light will come on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, and theengine is not running, as a check toshow it is working.

It should go out when the engine isstarted. If it stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery. If a shortdistance must be driven with thelight on, turn off all accessories,

such as the radio and airconditioner, to help reduce the drainon the battery.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 166.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead to

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

costly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 200.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 194.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. See Fuel0 193.



If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 197. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light comes onwhen the parking brake is set. Thelight stays on if the parking brakedoes not fully release. If it stays onafter the parking brake is fully



released, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedimmediately.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

If the light comes on while driving, achime sounds. Pull off the road andstop. The pedal might be harder topush or go closer to the floor.It might also take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have thevehicle towed for service. SeeTowing the Vehicle 0 263.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light then goes off.

If the ABS light stays on, turn theignition off. If the light comes onwhile driving, stop as soon as it issafely possible and turn the ignitionoff. Then start the engine again toreset the system. If the ABS lightstays on, or comes on again whiledriving, the vehicle needs service.If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the vehicle still hasbrakes, but not antilock brakes.If the regular brake system warninglight is also on, the vehicle does not

have antilock brakes and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System Warning Light0 118.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

If equipped, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 192.



Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 188.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

The StabiliTrak or Traction ControlSystem (TCS) indicator/warninglight comes on briefly when theengine is started.



If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.


Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tire Pressure0 242.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 245.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oil

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

low can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehicle



could be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition is turnedon as a check to indicate it isworking. If it does not come on,have it fixed.

The low fuel warning light comes onand a chime sounds periodicallywhen the vehicle is low on fuel. Thelight turns off when fuel is added tothe fuel tank.

Immobilizer Light

The immobilizer light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the immobilizersystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 40.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 138.

Front Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with front fog lamps,this light comes on when the frontfog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the frontfog lamps are turned off. See FrontFog Lamps 0 141 for moreinformation.



Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 138.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 182.

Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Base Level)The DIC displays information aboutyour vehicle. It also displayswarning messages if a systemproblem is detected. See VehicleMessages 0 127. All messagesappear in the DIC display in thecenter of the instrument cluster.

DIC Operation and Displays

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by using theDIC buttons on the turn signal lever.

DIC Buttons

SET/CLR : Press to set or clear themenu item displayed.

\ : Turn the band to scroll throughthe items in each menu.

MENU : Press to display the Trip/Fuel Menu and the VehicleInformation Menu. This button isalso used to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the Trip/Fuel menudisplays. Use\ to scroll throughthe menu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Digital Speedometer : Displayshow fast the vehicle is moving ineither kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph). Thespeedometer cannot be reset.

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average FuelEconomy : Displays the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), fromthe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset to



zero by pressing and holding theSET/CLR button while the tripodometer display is showing.

Also displays the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is based on thenumber of L/100 km (mpg) recordedsince the last time this menu itemwas reset. This number reflects onlythe approximate average fueleconomy that the vehicle has rightnow, and will change as drivingconditions change. Reset theaverage consumption by pressingSET/CLR when it is displayed.

Fuel Range : Displays theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refueling. Thefuel range estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank. Fuel range cannot bereset.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :The center displays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy.

Navigation : Used for the OnStarTurn-by-Turn guidance. See OnStarOverview 0 306.

Vehicle Information Menu(VEHICLE) Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the Vehicle menu isdisplayed. Use\ to scroll throughthe menu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of all possiblemenu items:

Remaining Oil Life : Displays anestimate of the oil's remaining usefullife. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 206.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 278.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. Do not resetthe Oil Life display accidentally atany time other than when the oil hasjust been changed. It cannot bereset accurately until the next oilchange. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, see Engine Oil Life System0 209.

Tire Pressure : Displays a vehiclewith the approximate pressures ofall four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa)or in pounds per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 244 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 245.

Units : Move\ to change betweenMetric or US when the Unit displayis active. Press SET/CLR to confirmthe setting. This will change thedisplays on the DIC to the type ofmeasurements you select.



Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel)The Driver Information Center (DIC)displays information about thevehicle. It also displays warningmessages if a system problem isdetected. See Vehicle Messages0 127. All messages appear in theDIC display in the center of theinstrument cluster.

The vehicle may also have featuresthat can be customized through thecontrols on the radio. See VehiclePersonalization 0 128.

DIC Operation and Displays

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by using theDIC buttons on the turn signal lever.The DIC displays trip, fuel, andvehicle system information, andwarning messages if a systemproblem is detected.

The bottom of the DIC displayshows the position of the shift leverand the odometer. It may also showthe direction the vehicle is driving.

In cold weather the DIC display maychange slowly. This is normal andwill move more quickly as thevehicle's interior temperature rises.

Use the controls to open and scrollthrough the different items anddisplays.

SET/CLR : Press to set or clear themenu item displayed.

\ : Turn the band to scroll throughthe items in each menu.

MENU : Press to display the Trip/Fuel Menu and the VehicleInformation Menu. This button isalso used to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions app.

1. Press MENU to access thecluster applications.

2. Use\ to scroll to the Optionsmenu and press SET/CLR.

3. Use\ to choose the Infopages. Press SET/CLR toselect.

4. Select Edit List.

5. Use\ to move through the listof possible informationdisplays.

6. Press SET/CLR while an itemis highlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

7. To exit, scroll to Exit andselect.

DIC Menu Items

Press MENU on the turn signallever until the Info menu isdisplayed. Use\ scroll through themenu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle.

. Digital Speedometer


126 Instruments and Controls. Trip A or B, Average Fuel

Economy

. Fuel Range

. Oil Life

. Tire Pressure

. Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

The speedometer shows how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Trip A or Trip B, Average FuelEconomy

Displays the current distancetraveled, in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), from the last reset for thetrip odometer. The trip odometer canbe reset to zero by pressing andholding the reset stem in the clusterwhile the trip odometer display isshowing.

Also displays the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles per

gallon (mpg). This number is based

on the number of L/100 km (mpg)recorded since the last time thismenu item was reset. This numberreflects only the approximateaverage fuel economy that thevehicle has right now, and willchange as driving conditionschange. The average fuel economycan be reset by pressing SET/CLRwhile the Average Fuel Economydisplay is showing.

Fuel Range

This display shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The fuel rangeestimate is based on an average ofthe vehicle’s fuel economy overrecent driving history and theamount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Oil Life

This display shows an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life. If OILLIFE 99% REMAINING is displayed,that means 99% of the current oillife remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 206.In addition to the Engine Oil LifeSystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 278 formore information.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theEngine Oil Life System, press SET/CLR while the Remaining Oil Lifedisplay is active. See Engine OilLife System 0 209.

Tire Pressure

The display will show a vehicle withthe approximate pressures of allfour tires. Tire pressure is displayedin either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds



per square inch (psi).See Tire Pressure Monitor System0 244 and Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 245 for moreinformation.

Fuel Economy

The center displays the approximateinstantaneous fuel economy as anumber and bar graph. Displayedabove the bar graph is a runningaverage of fuel economy for themost recently travelled selecteddistance. Displayed below the bargraph is the best average fueleconomy that has been achieved forthe selected distance. The selecteddistance is displayed at the top ofthe page as “last xxx mi/km”.

Press SET/CLR to select thedistance or reset best value.

Hold SET/CLR to reset the bestaverage fuel economy. After reset,the best value displays until theselected distance has beentravelled. The display providesinformation on how current drivingbehavior affects the runningaverage and how well recent drivingcompares to the best that has beenachieved for the selected distance.

Compass

The vehicle has a compass displayin the DIC. See Compass 0 106 formore information.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SET/CLR. The messagesthat require immediate action cannotbe cleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


128 Instruments and Controls. Brakes

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. Reduced propulsion powercan affect the vehicle's ability toaccelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance maybe reduced the next time the vehicle

is driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

To access the personalizationmenus:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the HomePage of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press BACK on the centerstack or touch S on theinfotainment display to return tothe previous menu or exit.



Personalization Menus

The following list of features may beavailable:

. Time and Date

. Language

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

. Wi-Fi

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 107.

Language

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Valet Mode

To turn Valet Mode on and off, see“Valet Mode” under “Setting RadioPreferences” in the infotainmentmanual.

Radio

To manage the radio features, see“Radio” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Vehicle

Select and the following may bedisplayed:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

. Ionizer

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the auto fanspeed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Defog

The front defog will automaticallyreact to temperature and humidityconditions that may cause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This allows the Auto Rear Defog tobe turned on or off. This feature willautomatically turn on the rearwindow defogger when it is coldoutside.

Select Off or On.



Ionizer

This allows the Ionizer to be turnedoff or on.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Side Blind Zone Alert

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Select Off or On. See Rear VisionCamera (RVC) 0 184.

Side Blind Zone Alert

Select Off or On. See Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) 0 190.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Driver Seat

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored RKE Memorypositions when entering the vehicle.See Memory Seats 0 51.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature moves the seatrearward allowing the driver moreroom to exit the vehicle.

See Memory Seats 0 51.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Touch + or − to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger outside mirrors will tiltdownward when the vehicle isshifted to R (Reverse) to improvevisibility of the ground near the rearwheels. They will return to their

previous driving position when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)or the engine is turned off.

Select Off or On.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.



Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

When set to Driver Door, the driverdoor will unlock the first time K ispressed and all doors will unlockwhen K is pressed a second time.When set to All Doors, all of thedoors will unlock at the first pressof K.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the heated seatswhen using remote start oncold days.See Heated Front Seats 0 53 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 33.



Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 27.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Touch to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tone.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,touch the edit icon. Type a newnumber, then touch SAVE.

Text Message Alerts

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Apple CarPlay

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices



Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display “What Can I Say?” Tips

This feature gives tips on what tosay when using voice recognition.

Select Off or On.

Display


. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touchanywhere on the infotainmentdisplay area or press any controlson the radio center stack to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. See RearVision Camera (RVC) 0 184.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings



Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view or update theinfotainment system currentsoftware information.

Wi-Fi


. Wi-Fi

. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi

This feature allows Wi-Fi networksto be turned off or on.

Select Off or On.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Select to manage Wi-Fi networks.Wi-Fi must be on for this feature tobe accessed.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 302.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

If equipped, these buttons are in theoverhead console.

This system can replace up to threeremote control transmitters used toactivate devices such as garagedoor openers, security systems, andhome automation devices. These



instructions refer to a garage dooropener, but can be used for otherdevices.

Do not use the Universal Remotesystem with any garage door openerthat does not have the stop andreverse feature. This includes anygarage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read these instructions completelybefore programming the UniversalRemote system. It may help to haveanother person assist with theprogramming process.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future programming.Erase the programming whenvehicle ownership is terminated.See “Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons” later in thissection.

To program a garage door opener,park outside directly in line with andfacing the garage door openerreceiver. Clear all people andobjects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitterhas a new battery for quick andaccurate transmission of theradio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalRemote System

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515.

Programming involvestime-sensitive actions, and may timeout causing the procedure to berepeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1to 3 in) away from theUniversal Remote systembuttons with the indicator lightin view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of the garagedoor opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press andhold both the hand-heldtransmitter button and one ofthe three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used tooperate the garage door. Donot release either button untilthe indicator light changes froma slow to a rapid flash. Thenrelease both buttons.

Some garage door openersmay require substitution ofStep 2 with the procedureunder “Radio Signals forCanada and Some GateOperators” later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newlyprogrammed Universal Remotesystem button for five secondswhile watching the indicatorlight and garage dooractivation.

. If the indicator light stays oncontinuously or the garagedoor moves when thebutton is pressed, thenprogramming is complete.There is no need tocomplete Steps 4–6.

. If the indicator light doesnot come on or the garagedoor does not move, a



second button press maybe required. For a secondtime, press and hold thenewly programmed buttonfor five seconds. If the lightstays on or the garage doormoves, programming iscomplete.

. If the indicator light blinksrapidly for two seconds,then changes to a solid lightand the garage door doesnot move, continue withprogramming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 1–3,locate the Learn or Smartbutton inside the garage on thegarage door opener receiver.

The name and color of thebutton may vary bymanufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn orSmart button. Step 6 must becompleted within 30 seconds ofpressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press andhold the newly programmedUniversal Remote systembutton for two seconds andthen release it. If the garagedoor does not move or thelamp on the garage dooropener receiver does not flash,press and hold the samebutton a second time fortwo seconds, then release it.Again, if the door does notmove or the garage door lampdoes not flash, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote systemshould now activate thegarage door.

Repeat the process forprogramming the two remainingbuttons.

Radio Signals for Canada andSome Gate Operators

For questions or programming help,see www.homelink.com/gm or call1-800-355-3515.

Canadian radio-frequency laws andsome U.S. gate operators requiretransmitter signals to time out or quitafter several seconds oftransmission. This may not be longenough for the Universal Remotesystem to pick up the signal duringprogramming.

If the programming did not work,replace Step 2 under “Programmingthe Universal Remote System” withthe following:

Press and hold the UniversalRemote system button whilepressing and releasing thehand-held transmitter button everytwo seconds until the signal hasbeen successfully accepted by theUniversal Remote system. TheUniversal Remote system indicator



light will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under“Programming the Universal RemoteSystem” to complete.

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using the Universal RemoteSystem

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote system button forat least one-half second. Theindicator light will come on while thesignal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteSystem Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons whenvehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outsidebuttons until the indicator lightbegins to flash. This shouldtake about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote SystemButton

To reprogram any of the systembuttons:

1. Press and hold any one of thebuttons. Do not release thebutton.

2. The indicator light will begin toflash after 20 seconds. Withoutreleasing the button, proceedwith Step 1 under“Programming the UniversalRemote System.”


138 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 138Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 140Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Battery Power Protection . . . . . 143Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

There are four positions:

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. TurnO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition is off andthe headlamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer

3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on.


Lighting 139

To return to low beams, push thelever again or pull it toward you andrelease.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou. Then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)Daytime Running Lamps can makeit easier for others to see the front ofyour vehicle during the day. Fullyfunctional DRL are required on allvehicles first sold in Canada.

A light sensor on top of theinstrument panel makes the DRLwork, so be sure it is not covered.

The DRL system makes thelow-beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness when thefollowing conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only thelow-beam headlamps, at a reducedlevel of brightness, will be on. Thetaillamps, sidemarker, instrumentpanel, and other lamps will notbe on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and the DRLcome on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to O or theignition is off. For vehicles first soldin Canada, this control only workswhen the vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen it is dark enough outside andthe exterior lamp control is in theautomatic position, the headlampscome on automatically. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 138.


140 Lighting

The vehicle has a light sensor ontop of the instrument panel. Makesure it is not covered, or theheadlamps will be on when they arenot needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 141.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lamps

come on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press and momentarily hold tomake the front and rear turn signallamps flash on and off. This warnsothers that you are having trouble.Press and momentarily hold againto turn the flashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. The turn signal flashesthree times.

The lever returns to its startingposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out. Replace any


Lighting 141

burned out bulbs. If a bulb is notburned out, check the fuse. SeeFuses and Circuit Breakers 0 228.

Front Fog Lamps

The fog lamps button is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringwheel.

To turn on the fog lamps, the ignitionand the headlamps or parking lampsmust be on.

# : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Push the knob in all the way until itextends out and then turn the knobclockwise or counterclockwise tobrighten or dim the lights.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp is in thedoor position.

Dome LampsFront and Rear Dome Lamps

The front dome lamp controls are inthe overhead console.

( : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.


142 Lighting


' : Press to turn on the domelamps.

The rear dome lamp controls are inthe headliner above the rear seats.

9 : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.


R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.

Reading Lamps

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. When adoor is opened, the interior lampscome on. They stay on for about20 seconds. When all of the doorshave been closed or the ignition isturned on, they gradually fade out.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The interior lamps comeon after the ignition is turned off.The exterior lamps and interiorlamps remain on for a set amount oftime, then automatically turn off.


Lighting 143

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 128.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature protectsagainst draining the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps or the manualparking lamps or headlamps are lefton and the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

To restart the 10-minute timer, turnthe exterior lamp control to the Oposition and then back to the;or5 position. To keep the lampson for more than 10 minutes, theignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the O position and then back to

the; or2 position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


144 Infotainment System

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.


Climate Controls 145

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 145Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Passenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with this system.

1. Temperature Control


3. Fan Control

4. Defrost



7. Recirculation

Climate Control Influence on Stop/Start Operation and Fuel Economy(If Equipped)

The climate control system dependson other vehicle systems for heatand power input. Certain climatecontrol settings can lead to higherfuel usage and/or fewer auto stops.


146 Climate Controls

The following are climate controlsettings that use more fuel:

. Comfort air conditioning mode.

. The defrost mode.

. Extreme temperature settings,such as LO or HI.

. High fan speed settings.

To help reduce fuel usage:

. Use eco air conditioning, insteadof the comfort air conditioning.

. Select a temperature setting thatis higher in hot weather andlower in cold weather.

. Turn off the air conditioningwhen it is not needed.

. Only use defrost to clear thewindows.

9 : Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Turn theknob completely to 0 to turn off thefan and air conditioning compressor.

Temperature Control : Turn theknob clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease thetemperature setting.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press[,Y , or X to change thedirection of the airflow. Air deliverymode settings can be combined. Anindicator light comes on in theselected mode button.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

X : Air is directed to the windshieldand side window vents.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Air Conditioning

# : For non-stop/start vehicles,press to turn the air conditioning onor off. If the fan is turned off or theoutside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioner will notrun and the indicator light turns off.

# : For stop/start vehicles, press tocycle between the off, comfort, andeco air conditioning modes. Theindicator will be lit in comfort andeco modes and turns off when thereis no air conditioning function. If thefan is turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioning compressor willnot work.

For comfort a/c, press#. Theindicator will turn amber. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.

For eco a/c, press# again. Theindicator will turn green. This settingbalances fuel economy and airconditioning comfort. In warm



weather conditions, auto stops mayoccur more frequently and thevehicle interior may be warmer ascompared to the comfort airconditioning. This setting allowshigher humidity inside the vehicleand window fogging before theengine restarts.

Pressing0 during an auto stopmay restart the engine to preventwindow fogging. To reach comfortlevels quickly during an auto stop,the engine will restart if the airconditioner is off and# is selected.

If temperature controls are adjustedcooler during an auto stop, theengine may restart to ensure thatcomfort is reached.

h : Press to turn on therecirculation. An indicator lightcomes on. Air is recirculated insidethe vehicle. It helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle or reduceentry of outside air and odors. Toimprove fuel efficiency and to coolthe vehicle faster, recirculation maybe automatically selected in warmweather when the temperature is set

to the coldest setting. Therecirculation light will not come on.Pressh to select recirculation;press it again to select outside air.

Rear Window Defogger

1 : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is on. The defogger turns offif the ignition is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Caution

Do not use a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow. Do not adhere anythingto the defogger grid lines in therear glass. These actions maydamage the rear defogger.Repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.



Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

1. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

2. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls


4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. Defrost


7. Fan Controls


9. Recirculation

10. Heated Steering Wheel (IfEquipped)

Climate Control Influence on Stop/Start Operation and Fuel Economy(If Equipped)

The climate control system dependson other vehicle systems for heatand power input. Certain climatecontrol settings can lead to higherfuel usage and/or fewer auto stops.

The following are climate controlsettings that use more fuel:

. Comfort air conditioning mode.

. The defrost mode.

. Extreme temperature settings,such as LO or HI.

. High fan speed settings.

To help reduce fuel usage:

. Use the full automatic control asdescribed under “AutomaticOperation” following.

. Use eco air conditioning, insteadof the comfort air conditioning.

. Select a temperature setting thatis higher in hot weather andlower in cold weather.


Climate Controls 149. Turn off the air conditioning

when it is not needed.

. Only use defrost to clear thewindows.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and theselected setting is displayed.Functions not manually set willcontinue to be automaticallycontrolled, even if the AUTOindicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency andto cool the vehicle faster,recirculation may beautomatically selected in warmweather. The recirculation lightwill not come on. Pressh toselect recirculation; press itagain to select outside air.

Manual Operation

9 : Press the lower9 button todecrease the fan speed. Pressingthe lower button longer turns the fanand cooling off. Press the upper9button to increase the fan speed.The selected fan speed is indicatedby a number on the display screen.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

Air Delivery Modes : Press[,Y,

or X to change the direction of theairflow. Air delivery mode settingscan be combined. An indicator lightcomes on in the selected modebutton.

Changing the mode cancels theautomatic operation and thedirection of the airflow is manuallycontrolled. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

X : Air is directed to the windshieldand side window vents.

0 : Press to clear the windshieldof fog or frost more quickly. Air isdirected to the windshield.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Air Conditioning

# : For non-start/stop vehicles,press to turn the air conditioning onor off. If the fan is turned off or theoutside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioner will notrun and the indicator light turns off.



Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. When the indicator lightis on, the air conditioner runsautomatically to cool the air insidethe vehicle or to dry the air neededto defog the windshield faster.

# : For stop/start vehicles, press tocycle between the off, comfort, andeco air conditioning modes. Theindicator will be lit in comfort andeco modes and turns off when thereis no air conditioning function. If thefan is turned off or the outsidetemperature falls below freezing, theair conditioning compressor willnot work.

For comfort a/c, press#. Theindicator will turn amber. When theindicator light is on, the airconditioner runs automatically tocool the air inside the vehicle or todry the air needed to defog thewindshield faster.

For eco a/c, press# again. Theindicator will turn green. This settingbalances fuel economy and airconditioning comfort. In warmweather conditions, auto stops may

occur more frequently and thevehicle interior may be warmer ascompared to the comfort airconditioning. This setting allowshigher humidity inside the vehicleand window fogging before theengine restarts.

Pressing0 during an auto stopmay restart the engine to preventwindow fogging. To reach comfortlevels quickly during an auto stop,the engine will restart if the airconditioner is off and AUTO or# isselected.

If temperature controls are adjustedcooler during an auto stop, theengine may restart to ensure thatcomfort is reached.

h : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or reduce entryof outside air and odors.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climate

control system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow fogging, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Defog off oron, see "Climate and Air Quality"under Vehicle Personalization0 128.

Ionizer : If equipped with an ionizer,this feature helps to clean the airinside the vehicle and removecontaminants such as pollen, odors,and dust. To turn the ionizer on oroff, see “Climate and Air Quality”under Vehicle Personalization0 128.

Rear Window Defogger

= : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when theignition is on. The defogger turns offif the ignition is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY.



The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation; see“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 128.When auto rear defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below. The auto rear defoggerturns off automatically after about10 minutes. At higher speeds, therear window defogger may stay oncontinuously.

If equipped with heated outsidemirrors, they turn on when the rearwindow defogger button is on andhelp to clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirrors. See HeatedMirrors 0 41.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This may

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

M or L : If equipped, press to turnthe heated seats on or off. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 53.

( : If equipped, press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off. SeeHeated Steering Wheel 0 103.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote vehicle start feature, theclimate control system may runwhen the vehicle is started remotely.The system uses the driver’sprevious settings to heat or cool theinside of the vehicle. The rear defogmay come on during remote startbased on cold ambient conditions.The rear defog indicator light doesnot come on during a remote start.If the vehicle has front heated seats,they may come on during a remote

start. The heated seat indicatorlights do not come on during aremote start.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 andHeated Front Seats 0 53.

Sensors

The solar sensor, located on top ofthe instrument panel near thewindshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.



Air VentsUse the louvers located on the airvents to change the direction of theairflow.

Use the thumbwheels near the airvents to control the amount ofairflow or to shut off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Keep the paths under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatcan block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

Maintenance

Air IntakeClear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom the air intake at the base of thewindshield that can block the flow ofair into the vehicle.

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 278.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 287.

1. Open the glove box completelyand disconnect the damper onthe outboard side.



2. Push in both sides of the glovebox and pull to remove.

3. Open the filter cover byreleasing tabs on both sidesand pulling up the cover.

4. Replace the air filter.

5. Close the air filter cover andreinstall the glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. Always use therefrigerant and A/C compressor oillisted on the vehicle label. Therefrigerant system should only beserviced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. The air conditioningevaporator should never be repairedor replaced by one from a salvagevehicle. It should only be replacedby a new evaporator to ensureproper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


154 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 155Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 157Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 159Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 160Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 162Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 166Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 168Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 172Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 175Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Driver Assistance SystemsRear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 184Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193California Fuel

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 194Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197


Driving and Operating 155

Driving Information

Driver BehaviorDriving is an importantresponsibility. Driver behavior, thedriving environment, and thevehicle's design all affect how well avehicle performs.

Being aware of these factors canhelp in understanding how thevehicle handles and what can bedone to avoid many types ofcrashes, including a rollover crash.

Most serious injuries and fatalities tounbelted occupants can be reducedor prevented by the use of seatbelts. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is significantlymore likely to die than a personwearing a seat belt. In addition,avoiding excessive speed, suddenor abrupt turns, and drunken oraggressive driving can help maketrips safer and avoid the possibilityof a crash.

Driving EnvironmentBe prepared for driving in inclementweather, at night, or during othertimes where visibility or traction maybe limited, such as on curves,slippery roads, or hilly terrain.Unfamiliar surroundings can alsohave hidden hazards.

Vehicle DesignUtility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other typesof vehicles. This is because theyhave a higher ground clearance anda narrower track or shorterwheelbase than passenger cars,which makes them more capable foroff-road driving. While these designcharacteristics provide the driverwith a better view of the road, thesevehicles do have a higher center ofgravity than other types of vehicles.A utility vehicle does not handle thesame as a vehicle with a lowercenter of gravity, like a car, in similarsituations.

Safe driver behavior andunderstanding of the environmentcan help avoid a rollover crash inany type of vehicle, including utilityvehicles.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.


156 Driving and Operating. Watch the road. Do not read,

take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem. Refer to the infotainmentmanual for more information on thenavigation system, if equipped,including pairing and using a cellphone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 59.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.



Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.


158 Driving and Operating. Holding both sides of the

steering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packed



snow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 235.

. Turn off cruise control.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 180.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 178.


Driving and Operating 161. Allow greater following distance

and watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 296. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 174.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.



If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 180.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any traction

system. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 263.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle may

show how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar). The Tire and LoadingInformation label shows thenumber of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipment

tires (3) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (4).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires 0 235and Tire Pressure 0 242.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It mayshow the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) forthe front and rear axle. See“Certification/Tire Label” later inthis section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–

1. Locate the statement "Thecombined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to



your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to your vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about yourvehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedyour vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to thecenter pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size ofthe vehicle's original tires andthe inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacityof the vehicle. The label showsthe gross weight capacity of thevehicle. This is called the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label mayalso show the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on the front andrear axles, weigh the vehicle ata weigh station. Your dealer canhelp with this. Be sure to spreadthe load equally on both sides ofthe centerline.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle maycause damage. Repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not overload thevehicle.

{ Warning

Things you put inside thevehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. Try tospread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. When you carrysomething inside thevehicle, secure itwhenever you can.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unless youneed to.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200 mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart. The RKE transmitter must bein the vehicle for the system tooperate.

If the vehicle is not working, thevehicle may be near a strongantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access System. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 27.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, and the brake mustbe applied.

Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF(No Indicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off. If the vehicle is inP (Park), the ignition will turn off,and Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) will remain active. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 171.



If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will displaythe message SHIFT TO PARK.

When the vehicle is shifted intoP (Park), the ignition system turn off.

Do not turn the ignition off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn theignition off. On vehicles with anautomatic transmission, theshift lever must be in P (Park)to turn the ignition switch off.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 179.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.With the ignition off, pressing

ENGINE START/STOP one timewithout the brake pedal applied willplace the ignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingENGINE START/STOP once willplace the ignition system in ON/RUN/START.

Once engine cranking begins,release ENGINE START/STOP.Engine cranking will continue untilthe engine starts. See Starting theEngine 0 168.

The engine will then remain inON/RUN.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of the



malfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes.

With the vehicle off, and the brakepedal not applied, pressing andholding ENGINE START/STOP formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Mode.

The instruments and audio systemwill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Mode.

Press ENGINE START/STOP againto turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 197.

Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless AccessSystem, the RKE transmittermust be in the vehicle. PressENGINE START/STOP with thebrake pedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or if the RKEtransmitter battery is low, theDriver Information Center (DIC)will display a message.See Driver Information Center(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 125 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (BaseLevel) 0 123 and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 27.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.



2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou hold ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of15 seconds. Wait at least15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down.

When the engine starts, let goof the button and theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,follow the same steps. Thisclears the extra gasoline fromthe engine.

Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

The automatic engine Stop/Startfeature causes the engine to shutoff while the vehicle is still on. Donot exit the vehicle before shiftingto P (Park). The vehicle mayrestart and move unexpectedly.Always shift to P (Park), and thenturn the ignition off before exitingthe vehicle.

If equipped, the stop/start systemhelps to save fuel and reduce theexhaust emissions.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Tachometer0 112. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedalpushed, the engine will restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The shift lever is in any gearother than D (Drive).

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level forthe climate control system ordefog settings. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 148.

. The Auto Stop time is greaterthan two minutes.



Engine HeaterVehicles with the 1.4L engine mayhave an engine heater. The engineheater can help in cold weatherconditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F)for easier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up.Plug in the heater at least four hoursbefore starting the vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug endof the cord will prevent engineheater operation at temperaturesabove −18 °C (0 °F).

{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parkedin a garage or under a carport.Property damage or personalinjury may result. Always park thevehicle in a clear open area awayfrom buildings or structures.

To Use the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated in the driver side of theengine compartment, near thebattery. It is shipped from thefactory with a tie holding it inplace. Use care in removingthe tie so that the cord is notdamaged.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could make

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

it overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep it

away from moving engineparts. If you do not it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)Some vehicle accessories may beused after the ignition is turned off.

The power windows and sunroof,if equipped, will continue to work forup to 10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The infotainment system willcontinue to work for 10 minutes,until the driver door is opened,or until the ignition is turned on orplaced in ACC/ACCESSORY.

Shifting Into Park1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 179.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pressing the buttonon the shift lever and pushingthe lever all the way toward thefront of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running (AutomaticTransmission)

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even when

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

you are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 171.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), hold thebrake pedal down. Then see if youcan move the shift lever away fromP (Park) without first pushing thebutton on the shift lever. If you can,it means that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).

This is called “torque lock.”To prevent torque lock, set theparking brake and then shift intoP (Park) properly before you leavethe driver seat. To find out how, see“Shifting Into Park” previously in thissection.

When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforeyou release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the parking pawlin the transmission, so you can pullthe shift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with a shiftlock control. The shift lock control isdesigned to prevent movement ofthe shift lever out of P (Park) unlessthe ignition is on and the brakepedal is applied.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 261.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition on.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If the shift lever still cannot bemoved from P (Park), see “ShiftLock Manual Release” following.



Shift Lock Manual Release

The automatic transmission has anelectric park lock. The ignition mustbe in the on and the brake pedalpressed so the shift lever can bemoved from the P (Park) position.If the battery has lost power, theshift lever cannot be moved fromP (Park) unless the shift lock manualrelease is disengaged manually.

To access the shift lock manualrelease:

1. Turn the ignition off.

2. Hold the brake pedal down.Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the cover on theconsole.

4. Insert and push the key intothe slot.

5. Move the shift lever out ofP (Park). If P (Park) is selectedagain after the key is removedfrom the slot, the shift lever willbe locked again.

6. Remove the key from the slot.

7. Close the cover.

8. Have the cause of the problemfixed by your dealer.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.See Shifting Into Park 0 171 andEngine Exhaust 0 174.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter outside thevehicle, it will turn off after one hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will turn off aftertwo hours.



The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.



Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 171 andEngine Exhaust 0 174.

AutomaticTransmission

The selected gear is also shown inthe instrument cluster.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 171.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. The regular brake must befully applied first and then the shiftlever button pressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) when the ignition ison. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever, then push the shift lever all



the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park 0 172.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 162.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

M : This position allows shiftingsimilar to a manual transmission.See Manual Mode 0 177.

Caution

If the vehicle does not shift gears,the transmission could bedamaged. Have the vehicleserviced right away.



Automatic TransmissionAdaptation Feature : While thevehicle is being driven and gearshifting takes place, thetransmission will learn and adapt.This increases durability andmaintains the best shift quality ofthe life of the vehicle.

During vehicle break-in (initialdriving), it is normal to experiencesome shift bumps. Shift quality willimprove with the normal gearshifting as the transmission learnsand adapts.

Operating Modes

The transmission may operate in alower gear than normal to improvevehicle performance. The enginespeed may be higher and there maybe an increase in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade.

. When driving downhill.

. When driving in hottemperatures or at high altitude.

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

DSC allows you to shift anautomatic transmission similar to amanual transmission. To use theDSC feature:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).

While driving in manual mode,the transmission will remain inthe driver selected gear. Whencoming to a stop in the manual

position, the vehicle willautomatically shift into1 (First) gear.

2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the top of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

The instrument cluster will changefrom the currently displayedmessage to the letter “M,” forManual position, and a numberindicating the requested gear.

While using the DSC feature, thetransmission will have firmer shiftingand sportier performance. This canbe used for sport driving or whenclimbing hills to stay in gear longeror to downshift for more power orengine braking.



The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm):

. The transmission will not allowshifting to the next higher gear ifthe vehicle speed or engine rpmis too low.

. The transmission will not allowshifting to the next lower gear ifthe vehicle speed or engine rpmis too high.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveIf equipped, this feature transfersengine power, as required, to allfour wheels. It is fully automatic ,and adjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.

When using a compact spare tire onan All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicle,the system automatically detects thecompact spare and disables AWD toprotect the system. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagewill display on the instrumentcluster. See Vehicle Messages0 127. To restore AWD operationand prevent excessive wear on thesystem, replace the compact sparewith a full-size tire as soon aspossible. See Compact Spare Tire0 260.

AWD will be disabled and themessage will display if there isexcessive wheel spin. When thesystem cools down, AWD will berestored.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 119.



If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake

To set the parking brake, hold thebrake pedal down and pull up on theparking brake lever. If the ignition ison, the brake system warning lightwill come on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 118.

To release the parking brake, holdthe brake pedal down. Pull theparking brake lever up until you canpress the release button. Hold therelease button in as you move thebrake lever all the way down.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.



Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 162and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.The appropriate message maydisplay in the DIC.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The Traction Off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the Traction

Off light i and StabiliTrak Off lightg come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster. The appropriatemessage may display in the DIC.



To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release g. The

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak

Off light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 200.

Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak systemthat begins to limit wheel spin whileusing cruise control and the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 180. If a collisionalert occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 188. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

o : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on or off. A white indicatorcomes in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.



RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume to that speed orhold upward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET/− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasespeed.

n : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

Ifo is on when not in use, SET/−or RES/+ could get bumped and gointo cruise when not desired. Keepo off when cruise control is notbeing used.

To set a speed:

1. Presso to turn cruisecontrol on.

2. Get up to the speed desired.

3. Move the thumbwheel downtoward SET/− and release it.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 109.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied orn is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.Once the vehicle speed is about40 km/h (25 mph) or greater, movethe thumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly. The vehicle returns to thepreviously set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel up towardRES/+ and hold it until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, move thethumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 125 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel towardSET/− and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, move thethumbwheel toward SET/−briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.



The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(Uplevel) 0 125 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Base Level) 0 123.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle slows down to the previousset cruise control speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflymoving the thumbwheel towardSET/− will result in cruise set to thecurrent vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well cruise control works onhills depends on the vehicle speed,load, and the steepness of the hills.When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain the

vehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. To disengage cruise control,step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Pressn.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control,presso.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifo ispressed or if the vehicle isturned off.

Driver AssistanceSystems

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The RVC can assist the driver whenbacking up by displaying a view ofthe area behind the vehicle.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.



An image appears on theinfotainment display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).The previous screen displays whenthe vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse) after a short delay. Toreturn to the previous screensooner, press any button on theinfotainment display, shift intoP (Park), or reach a vehicle speedof approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

Symbols and Guidelines

The RVC may have a guidelineoverlay that can help the driver alignthe vehicle when backing into aparking spot. Select the guidancelines button on the camera screento enable or disable the guidancelines, or see Vehicle Personalization0 128.

The RVC system may have afeature that lets the driver viewparking assist symbols on theinfotainment screen while using theRVC. The Rear Parking Assist(RPA) system must not be disabledto use the caution symbols. Theerror message Rear Parking AssistSymbols Unavailable may display if

RPA has been disabled and thesymbols have been turned on. SeeParking Assist 0 186.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

On vehicles with the RCTA, awarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow may appear on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic coming from the left or theright. Three beeps will sound fromthe speaker on that side. Thissystem detects objects coming fromup to 20 m (65 ft) from the left orright side behind the vehicle. TheRCTA system will not work properlyif ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the rear bumpersensors.

Rear Vision Camera Location

The camera is above the licenseplate.

The area displayed by the camera islimited.

It does not display objects that areclose to either corner or under thebumper and can vary depending onvehicle orientation or roadconditions. Displayed images maybe closer or farther than theyappear.

The following illustrations show thefield of view that the cameraprovides.



1. View displayed by thecamera.

1. View displayed by thecamera.

2. Corner of the rear bumper.

When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The RVC may not work properly ordisplay a clear image if:

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is in anaccident, the position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have thecamera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

. There are extreme temperaturechanges.

Parking AssistIf equipped, the Front and RearParking Assist (FRPA) system,assists the driver with parking andavoiding objects. FRPA operates atspeeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).The sensors on the front and rearbumper detect objects up to 1.2 m(4 ft) in front of the vehicle, 2.5 m(8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least25 cm (10 in) off the ground andbelow liftgate level. This detectiondistance may be less during warmeror humid weather.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withParking Assist, always check the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

area around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

How the System Works

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse) the front and rearsensors are automatically turned on.After the vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), the rear sensors areturned off and the front sensors stayon until the vehicle is above aspeed of 11 km/h (7 mph). For thefront park assist system to be activeagain without shifting intoR (Reverse), the park assist buttonon the center stack, forward of theshift lever, must be pressed. See“Turning the System On and Off”later in this section.

FRPA operates only at speeds lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

When the vehicle is in N (Neutral),the system may be active. If thevehicle is in a car wash, the sensors

may detect objects in the car wash.See “Turning the System On andOff” later in this section to turn thesystem off.

High-toned beeps from the frontspeakers are for objects detectednear the front bumper. Low-tonedbeeps from the rear speakers arefor objects detected near the rearbumper. The interval between thebeeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.When the distance is less than30 cm (12 in) the beeping is acontinuous tone for five seconds.

Objects Detected by Both theFront and Rear Sensors

In general, if objects are detected atthe same time near both the frontand rear bumpers while backing up,the beeps only sound to indicatethat objects are close to the rearbumper.

However, if an object comes within0.3 m (1 ft) of the front bumper whilethe vehicle is backing up and at thesame time there is another objectfurther than 0.3 m (1 ft) from the rear

bumper, then higher-pitched beepsonly sound to indicate the frontobject.

Turning the System On and Off

The FRPA system can be turned onand off by pressingX on thecenter stack, forward of the shiftlever.

The indicator light in the buttoncomes on when the system isturned on.

When the system is off, the indicatorlight in the button is off or PARKASSIST OFF briefly displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC).

FRPA defaults to the on settingeach time the vehicle is started.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The following messages may bedisplayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST : Ifthis message occurs, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.



PARK ASSIST OFF : If the FRPAsystem does not activate due to atemporary condition, the messagedisplays on the DIC. This can occurunder the following conditions:

. The driver has disabled thesystem.

. The sensors are not clean. Keepthe vehicle's bumpers free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 267.

. The park assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost orice can form around and behindthe sensors and may not alwaysbe seen; this can occur afterwashing the vehicle in coldweather. The message may notclear until the frost or ice hasmelted.

. An object was hanging out of theliftgate during the last drivecycle. Once the object isremoved, FRPA will return tonormal operation.

. An object or cover is attached tothe front of the vehicle.

. The bumper is damaged. Takethe vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.

. Other conditions, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes ona very large truck, are affectingsystem performance.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 156.

FCA can be disabled with either theFCA steering wheel control or,if equipped, through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 128.



Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system may

prepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to far, medium, or near,or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it is



changed. The timing of alerts willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the fartheraway the alert will occur. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the alert timing. The rangeof selectable alert timings may notbe appropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas. TheSBZA warning display will light up inthe corresponding outside sidemirror and will flash if the turn signalis on.

{ Warning

SBZA does not alert the driver tovehicles rapidly approachingoutside of the side blind zones,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals. It may not providealerts when changing lanes underall driving conditions. Failure touse proper care when changinglanes may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. Beforemaking a lane change, alwayscheck mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turnsignals.

SBZA Detection Zones

The SBZA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Thiszone starts at approximately themiddle of the vehicle and goes back5 m (16 ft).


The SBZA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone. This indicates it may be



unsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check theSBZA display, check mirrors, glanceover your shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror SBZA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the left-or right-side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthat blind zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the same direction of adetected vehicle, this display willflash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

SBZA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 128.

If SBZA is disabled by the driver,the SBZA mirror displays will notlight up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

SBZA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. SBZA mayalert to objects attached to thevehicle, such as a bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not always alert thedriver to vehicles in the side blindzone, especially in wet conditions.The system does not need to beserviced. The system may light updue to guardrails, signs, trees,shrubs, and other non-movingobjects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

SBZA may not operate when theSBZA sensors in the left or rightcorners of the rear bumper arecovered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,

or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. Forcleaning instructions, see "Washingthe Vehicle" under Exterior Care0 267. If the DIC still displays thesystem unavailable message aftercleaning both sides of the vehicletoward the rear corners of thevehicle, see your dealer.

If the SBZA displays do not light upwhen vehicles are in the blind zoneand the system is clean, the systemmay need service. Take the vehicleto your dealer.

When SBZA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Side Blind Zone Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 302.



Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide an alert ifthe vehicle is crossing a lanewithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. LDW uses a camerasensor to detect the lane markingsat speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they are

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

not in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you whendeparting the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.


The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center stack, forward of the shiftlever. The control indicator will lightwhen LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.



When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.

FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER detergent gasoline to keep theengine cleaner and reduce enginedeposits. See www.toptiergas.comfor a list of TOP TIER detergentgasoline marketers and applicablecountries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 or

higher. Do not use gasoline with aposted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16 – 50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meeting

federal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance may beaffected. The malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on and the vehiclemay not pass a smog-check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 116. If thisoccurs, return to your authorizeddealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see “ProhibitedFuels” in Fuel 0 193.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER detergent gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 193.

If TOP TIER detergent gasoline isnot available, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the onlygasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefueling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuelingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel.

The fuel door is on the passengerrear side of the vehicle. If equipped,the fuel door is locked when thevehicle doors are locked. Press Kon the RKE transmitter to unlock.

To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The vehicle has a capless refuelingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 267.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.



Filling the Tank with a PortableGas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablegas can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from the rear storagecompartment under the loadfloor.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

keep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 76 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 76.


198 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 199California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 200Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 209Automatic Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 210Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 215Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Battery - North America . . . . . . 219All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 220Automatic Transmission Shift

Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 220

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 221Windshield Replacement . . . . . 222Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Headlamps, Front Turn Signal

and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . 224Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Sidemarker, Stoplamps, andBack-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 227

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 227Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 228Engine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 237Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 253Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 254


Vehicle Care 199

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 260

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 263Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 219and Jump Starting - North America0 261 and the back cover.


200 Vehicle Care

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications Ordering Information0 301.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 76.


Vehicle Care 201

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 288.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handleinside the vehicle. It is locatedon the lower left side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand move the secondary hoodrelease lever toward the rightside of the vehicle.

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop from its retainer,above the radiator. Securelyplace the hood prop into theslot on the underside ofthe hood.


202 Vehicle Care

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on the hoodprop. Remove the hood propfrom the slot in the undersideof the hood and return the propto its retainer. The prop rodmust click into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is closedand repeat the process ifnecessary.


Vehicle Care 203

Engine Compartment Overview

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2)


204 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 210.

2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 206.

3. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 206.

4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 211.

5. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 211.

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes 0 217.

7. Auxiliary Fuse Block. SeeEngine Compartment FuseBlock 0 228.

8. Battery - North America 0 219.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 216.

10. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 228.


Vehicle Care 205

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV)


206 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 210.

2. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 206.

3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 211.

4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 206.

5. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 211.

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrakes 0 217.

7. Auxiliary Fuse Block. SeeEngine Compartment FuseBlock 0 228.

8. Battery - North America 0 219.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 216.

10. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 228.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 209.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 203 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves when


Vehicle Care 207

checking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

1.4L L4 Turbo Engine (LUV)

1.4L L4 Turbo Engine (LE2)

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 290.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmful

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

to the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the MAX mark, theengine could be damaged. Youshould drain out the excess oil orlimit driving of the vehicle andseek a service professional toremove the excess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 203 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange between the MIN and MAXmarks. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 286.


208 Vehicle Care

Specification

Ask for and use full synthetic engineoils that meet the dexos1specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

For the LE2 1.4L turbo engine (VINCode M), use:

. Dexos1 approved ACDelco FullSynthetic 0W20 engine oil.

. Dexos1 approved Mobil 1 FullSynthetic 0W20 engine oil.

. Or any other 0W20 engine oilmeeting dexos1 secondgeneration requirements.

For the LUV 1.4L turbo engine (VINCode B), use SAE 5W-30 viscositygrade engine oil. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extremecold, where the temperature fallsbelow −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE0W-30 oil may be used. An oil ofthis viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Never


Vehicle Care 209

dispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON DIC message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving under

the best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Press the MENU button toshow Remaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press the SET/CLRbutton while the oil life displayis active. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil is changed.It cannot be reset accurately.


210 Vehicle Care

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONDIC message comes back on whenthe vehicle is started, the engine oillife system has not reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, you shouldhave this done at your dealer.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 278, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 286.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on thepassenger side of the vehicle. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 203.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance Schedule0 278.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, and

replace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter withwater or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:



Vehicle Care 211


1. Remove the two screws, tilt thecover, and slide it out of theassembly.

2. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

3. Lower the cover, slide it intothe assembly, then secure withthe two screws.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 278for replacement intervals.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.



1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)


212 Vehicle Care

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 215.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 213

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running.

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) Shown, 1.4LL4 Engine (LE2) Similar

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the markpointed to, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.


214 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure the

cooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

4. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mixture to theindicated level mark.

5. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the propermixture to the coolant surgetank until the level reaches theindicated level mark.


Vehicle Care 215

6. Replace the pressure captightly.

7. Verify coolant level after theengine is shut off and thecoolant is cold. If necessary,repeat coolant fill procedureSteps 1–6.

If the coolant still is not at theproper level when the systemcools down again, see yourdealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an engine coolanttemperature gauge to warn of theengine overheating. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 113.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 296.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day

. Stops after high-speed driving

. Idles for long periods in traffic


216 Vehicle Care

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral), and let theengine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in the overheatzone, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 203 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 217

Caution (Continued)

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in the

proper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 290.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.


218 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 4brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 203 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 118.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 278.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 4brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 286.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.


Vehicle Care 219

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 203 for battery location.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 199 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 261 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions,transfer case fluid does not requiremaintenance unless there is a fluidleak or unusual noise. If required,have the transfer case serviced byyour dealer.


220 Vehicle Care

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) with

normal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove foot


Vehicle Care 221

pressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See Maintenance Schedule 0 278.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 287.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

To replace the front wiper blades:

1. Lift the wiper arm from thewindshield until no furthermovement is possible.

2. Press the release button on thetop side of the wiper and pullthe wiper blade out of the endof the wiper arm.

3. Install the wiper bladeconnector by sliding into theend of the wiper arm until thebutton on the wiper blade clicksinto place with the wiper arm.

4. Place the wiper arm with thewiper blade in place back onthe windshield.


222 Vehicle Care

Caution

Damage may occur if the wiperblades are not in contact with thewindshield before turning on thewiper system.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection. Thecover must be removed before thewiper blade can be replaced.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down tosecure.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

4. Replace the wiper cover.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems,the windshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If itis not, there may be unexpectedbehavior and/or messages fromthese systems.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to your

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 223

Warning (Continued)

dealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 278.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


224 Vehicle Care

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Headlamps, Front TurnSignal and ParkingLamps

Base Level HeadlampAssembly

The base model vehicle hashalogen high-beam and low-beamheadlamps, an LED turn signallamp, DRL, and sidemarker lamp onthe headlamp assembly.

Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

1. High-Beam Headlamp2. Low-Beam Headlamp


Vehicle Care 225

High-Beam Headlamp/Low-Beam Headlamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood0 201.

For the driver side, remove thewindshield washer bottle filterneck by firmly pulling itstraight out.

2. Remove the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

3. Turn the bulb counterclockwiseand pull straight back.

4. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the bulb.

5. Install the new bulb in theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

6. Reconnect the wiring harnessconnector.

7. Install the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

For the driver side, reinstall thewindshield washer bottle filterneck by firmly pushing itstraight into the bottle. Ensurethat the filter neck clip engagesinto the underhood electricalcenter retainer.

Uplevel Headlamp Assembly

The uplevel model vehicle has LEDhigh-beam and low-beamheadlamps, a turn signal lamp, aparking lamp, a DRL, andsidemarker lamp, and lamps on theheadlamp assembly.

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Sidemarker, Stoplamps,and Back-Up Lamps

Taillamp Assembly

The vehicle has halogen turn signallamps and back-up lamps, LED tail/stoplamps, and a sidemarker lampon the taillamp assembly.


226 Vehicle Care

Driver Side

1. Remove the cover and screwsattaching the panel to thevehicle interior. Remove thepanel


Passenger Side

1. Remove the storage door andthe tire repair kit.



1. Turn Signal Lamp2. Back-Up Lamp

1. Remove the bulb holder.

2. Remove and replace the bulb.

3. Put the bulb holder into thetaillamp assembly and tighten.

4. Close the covers.


Vehicle Care 227

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the left end of the lampassembly toward the right.

2. Turn the lamp assembly downto remove it.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Turn the lamp assembly intothe lamp assembly openingengaging the clip side first.

7. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.


228 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover,squeeze the clip and lift it up.


Vehicle Care 229

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Mini Fuses Usage

1 Sunroof

2 Exterior rearviewmirror switch/Driverside power window/Rain sensor/Universal garagedoor opener

3 Canister ventsolenoid

4 –

5 Electronic brakecontrol module valve

6 Intelligent batterysensor

7 Electric steeringcolumn lock

8 Transmission controlmodule/FICM

9 Automaticoccupancy sensingmodule

10 Headlamp levelingswitch/Headlampleveling motor/Rear


230 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

vision camera/Interior rearviewmirror

11 Rear wiper

12 Rear windowdefogger

13 Power lumbar switch

14 Exterior rearviewmirror heater

15 Fuel system controlmodule battery

16 Heated seat module/Memory module

17 TIM DC DCconverter/Fuelsystem controlmodule RC/Compass module

18 Engine controlmodule RC/Transmission controlmodule RC/FICM RC

19 Fuel pump

Mini Fuses Usage

20 –

21 Fan relay(auxiliary BEC)

22 –

23 Ignition coil/Injector coil

24 Washer pump

25 Automatic headlampleveling

26 EMS Var 1

27 –/Auxiliaryheater pump

28 –/Engine controlmodule powertrain/Ignition 3

29 Engine controlmodule powertrain/Ignition 1/Ignition 2

30 EMS Var 2

31 Left high-beamheadlamp

32 Right high-beamheadlamp

Mini Fuses Usage

33 Engine controlmodule battery

34 Horn

35 A/C clutch

36 Front fog lamps

J-CaseFuses

Usage

1 Electronic brakecontrol module pump

2 Front wiper

3 Linear power moduleblower

4 IEC RC

5 –

7 –/Starter solenoid

8 Cooling fan low– mid

9 Cooling fan – high

10 EVP

11 Starter solenoid/Starter pinion


Vehicle Care 231

U-MicroRelays

Usage

2 Fuel pump

4 –/Auxiliaryheater pump

HC-MicroRelays

Usage

7 Starter/Starter pinion

10 Starter solenoid

Mini Relays Usage

1 Run/Crank

3 Cooling fan – mid

5 Powertrain relay

8 Cooling fan – low

HC-MiniRelays

Usage

6 Cooling fan – high

Auxiliary Fuse Block

To remove the fuse block cover,squeeze the clips and lift it up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the relays and featuresshown.

Relays Usage

01 Electricvacuum pump

02 Cooling fan control 1

03 Cooling fan control 2

04 N/A


232 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the underside of the driver sideinstrument panel. To access thefuses, remove the storagecompartment. To remove thestorage compartment, open thecompartment and pull it out.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Body controlmodule 1








F9 Discrete logicignition switch

F10 Sensing diagnosticmodule battery

F11 Data link connector

F12 HVAC module/ICS

F13 Liftgate relay


Vehicle Care 233

Fuses Usage

F14 Central gate module

F15 Lane departurewarning/GENTEX

F16 Adaptive forwardlighting module

F17 Electrical steeringcolumn lock

F18 Parking assistmodule/Side blindzone alert

F19 Body controlmodule/Regulatedvoltage control

F20 Clock spring

F21 A/C/Accessorypower outlet/PRNDL

F22 Auxiliary poweroutlet/DC center

F23 HVAC module/ICS

F24 –

F25 OnStar module/Eraglonass

Fuses Usage

F26 Heated steeringwheel

F27 Instrument cluster/Auxiliary heater/Auxiliary virtualimage display

F28 Trailer feed 2

F29 Infotainment system

F30 DC/DC 400W

F31 Instrument clustermodule battery

F32 Silver box audiomodule/Navigation

F33 Trailer feed 1

F34 Passive entry/Passive start

Midi Fuses Usage

M01 Positive temperaturecoefficient

S/B Fuses Usage

S/B01 Passengerpower seat

S/B02 –

S/B03 Front powerwindows

S/B04 Rear power windows

S/B05 Logistic mode relay

S/B06 Driver power seat

S/B07 –

S/B08 Trailer interfacemodule

CircuitBreaker

Usage

CB1 –

Relays Usage

RLY01 Accessory/Retainedaccessory power

RLY02 Liftgate

RLY03 –

RLY04 –


234 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage

RLY05 Logistic mode

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the driver side ofthe rear compartment. To accessthe fuses, remove the cover.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown. Fuses Usage

F1 Amplifier audio

Fuses Usage

F2 Rear drive controlmodule

F3 –

F4 –

F5 –

F6 –

F7 –

F8 –

F9 –

F10 –

F11 –

F12 –

F13 –

F14 –

F15 –

F16 –

F17 –

S/B Fuses Usage

S/B01 DC-DCtransformer 400W


Vehicle Care 235

S/B Fuses Usage

S/B02 DC-DCtransformer 400W

S/B03 DC/AC invertermodule

S/B04 –

S/B05 –

Relays Usage

RLY01 –

RLY02 –

RLY03 –

RLY04 –

RLY05 –

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 –

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 162.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)


236 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overall

performance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 236.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow covered

roads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 250.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.


Vehicle Care 237

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 236.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C (20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperatures

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

above −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 248.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification


238 Vehicle Care

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are the

Tire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 252.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 260 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 254.


Vehicle Care 239

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure0 242.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.


240 Vehicle Care

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 242.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire Identification


Vehicle Care 241

Number (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 162.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 162.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 162.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 162.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard.See Tire Pressure 0 242 andVehicle Load Limits 0 162.


242 Vehicle Care

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm

(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 249.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 252.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 162.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 162.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 243

Caution (Continued)

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed to

support the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 162.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 260.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaning

the vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors


244 Vehicle Care

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system

(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is

combined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 245.



Vehicle Care 245

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 162.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire may display in theDriver Information Center (DIC). Thelow tire pressure warning light andthe DIC warning message,if equipped, come on at eachignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, it may bepossible to view the tire pressurelevels. For additional informationand details about the DIC operationand displays, see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 125 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Base Level) 0 123.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 162, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 242.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition, but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 248, Tire Rotation 0 248, andTires 0 235.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.


246 Vehicle Care

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning light,defined above, flashes for aboutone minute and then stays on forthe remainder of the ignition cycle.A DIC warning message may alsodisplay. The malfunction light andDIC warning message, if equipped,come on at each ignition cycle untilthe problem is corrected. Some ofthe conditions that can cause theseto come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and the DIC message,if equipped, should go off afterthe road tire is replaced and thesensor matching process isperformed successfully. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage, if equipped, should gooff after successfully completingthe sensor matching process.See "TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage, if equipped, should gooff when the TPMS sensors areinstalled and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealer forservice.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 250.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC message,if equipped, come on and stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. Also,the TPMS sensor matching processshould be performed after replacinga spare tire with a road tirecontaining the TPMS sensor. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage, if equipped, should go offat the next ignition cycle. Thesensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS


Vehicle Care 247

relearn tool, in the following order:driver side front tire, passenger sidefront tire, passenger side rear tire,and driver side rear. See yourdealer for service or to purchase arelearn tool. A TPMS relearn toolcan also be purchased. See TirePressure Monitor Sensor ActivationTool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 166.

3. Use the MENU button to selectthe Vehicle Information Menu(Menu 2) in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

4. Use the thumbwheel (or up anddown arrows) to scroll to theTire Pressure Menu Itemscreen.

5. Press and hold the SET/CLRbutton to begin the sensormatching process.

A message requestingacceptance of the process maydisplay.

6. If requested, press the SET/CLR button again to confirmthe selection.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRE LEARN orTIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage displays on the DICscreen.

7. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

8. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that the

sensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

9. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

10. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

11. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 8. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARN orTIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage on the DIC displayscreen goes off.


13. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.


248 Vehicle Care

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 278.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment.See When It Is Time for NewTires 0 249 and WheelReplacement 0 253.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated.See Tire Pressure 0 242 andVehicle Load Limits 0 162.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 245.


Vehicle Care 249

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 290.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 248 and TireRotation 0 248.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be free


250 Vehicle Care

of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 237.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 248. However, if it is

necessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.


Vehicle Care 251

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,

load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 244.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 162.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, traction

control, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 250 andAccessories and Modifications0 200.


252 Vehicle Care

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls ofmost passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federal

safety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tire

graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include


Vehicle Care 253

acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: The

temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smooth

road, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.


254 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 235. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot off


Vehicle Care 255

the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorized

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 140.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.


256 Vehicle Care

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

The spare tire and tools are locatedin the storage compartment in therear of the vehicle.

1. Center Retainer2. Subwoofer3. Wrench4. Strap5. Tow Eye (if equipped)6. Jack

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 38.

2. Lift the trim cover.

3. Remove the subwooferassembly on top of the sparetire by turning the centerretainer clockwise.

4. Remove the spare tire, jack,and tools and place them nearthe tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 254.

2. Turn the wheel wrenchcounterclockwise to loosen thewheel nuts. Do not removethem yet.


Vehicle Care 257

3. Place the jack at the positionmarked with a half circle.

4. Place the hex tube end of thewrench over the hex head ofthe jack to attach it.

5. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise until the lift head isfirmly contacting the properlifting point nearest the flat tire.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

damage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

6. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise to raise the vehiclefar enough off the ground sothere is enough room for thespare tire to fit underneath thewheel well.


258 Vehicle Care

7. Turn the wheel nutscounterclockwise toremove them.

8. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

9. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

10. Place the spare tire on thewheel-mounting surface.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

11. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turneach nut clockwise, by hand,until the wheel is held againstthe hub.

12. Lower the vehicle by turningthe wheel wrenchcounterclockwise. Lower thejack completely.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 290 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.


Vehicle Care 259

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 290 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlywith the wheel wrench in acrisscross sequence, asshown.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

Storing the Flat Tire and Tools

1. Return the jack and tools totheir original storage location.

2. Replace the trim cover.

3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, inthe rear storage compartment.

4. Attach one end of the strap toa cargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.

5. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

6. Attach the other end of thestrap to the other cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

7. Tighten the strap.


260 Vehicle Care

Storing the Compact Spare Tireand Tools

Reverse the instructions forremoving the spare tire and tools tostore the spare tire.

The compact spare tire is fortemporary use only. Replace thecompact spare tire with a full-sizetire as soon as you can. SeeCompact Spare Tire 0 260.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.

Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tirerepaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


Vehicle Care 261

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 219.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 199 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) Shown, 1.4LL4 Engine (LE2) Similar

1. Discharged BatteryNegative Grounding Point


262 Vehicle Care

2. Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal

3. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

4. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start negative groundingpoint (1) for the discharged batteryis the engine block or an enginemounting bolt. Connect to a spot asfar away from the dischargedbattery as possible.

The jump start positive terminal (2)on the discharged battery is in theengine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle.

The jump start negative terminal (3)and positive terminal (4) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.


Vehicle Care 263

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding point forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier or a wheel lift tow truck.If a wheel lift tow truck is used, thedrive wheels cannot contact theroad while the vehicle is beingtowed. A wheel dolly must be usedto lift all drive wheels off the ground.


264 Vehicle Care

The vehicle is equipped with aspecific attachment point to be usedby the towing provider. This pointmay be used to pull the vehicle froma flat road surface onto the flat bedtow truck.

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

If equipped, carefully open the coverby using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.


Vehicle Care 265

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-DriveVehicles)

All-wheel-drive vehicles must not betowed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff of the ground.


266 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel-DriveVehicles Only)

To tow a front-wheel-drive vehiclefrom the front with two wheels onthe ground:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever toP (Park).

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.


6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle fromthe Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.


Vehicle Care 267

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 286.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to


268 Vehicle Care

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow thesecleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.


Vehicle Care 269

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfaces


270 Vehicle Care

can be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 286.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that uses

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

silicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.


Vehicle Care 271

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.


272 Vehicle Care

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.


Vehicle Care 273

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)


274 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.


Vehicle Care 275. Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by a button-type retainer.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


276 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 276

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 278

Special Application ServicesSpecial Application

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 288

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 277

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 162.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 193.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain

. Frequently towing a trailer

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 200.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 206.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 242.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 248.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 216.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON DIC message displays, havethe engine oil and filter changedwithin the next 1 000 km/600 mi.If driven under the best conditions,the engine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 209.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 248.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system.See Engine Oil 0 206 andEngine Oil Life System 0 209.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 211.

. Check engine cooling systemhoses and connections.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 216.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking orcontamination. See ExteriorCare 0 267. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper Blade Replacement0 221.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 242.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 248.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter0 210.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 267.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 267.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 64.


Service and Maintenance 279. Visually inspect fuel system for

damage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 267.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 220.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 220.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 220.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold open

ability of the strut. If the holdopen is low, service the gasstrut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 222.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 45.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 211.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every threeyears. See Brake Fluid 0 218.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace brake fluid. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,

or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.



(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 211.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every threeyears. See Brake Fluid 0 218.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 267.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.


284 Service and Maintenance. To avoid break-down or failure to

start the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 286 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs



of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 271 andExterior Care 0 267.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 211.

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 206.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, inCanada 19299571).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Maintenance Replacement Parts

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 95021102 A3184C

Engine Oil Filter

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) 55594651 PF2257G

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) 12640445 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271190 CF181

Spark Plugs

1.4L L4 Engine (LUV) 55585517 41-121

1.4L L4 Engine (LE2) 12673527 41-153

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 94531969 —

Passenger Side – 38.0 cm (15.0 in) 95915127 —

Rear – 26.5 cm (10.4 in) 95915137 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 289

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Service Parts Identification

Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 291

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 290 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThere may be a label on the insideof the glove box that contains thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

If there is no label, there is abarcode on the certification label onthe center (B) pillar to scan for thissame information.


290 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 286 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System 7.3 L 7.7 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 4.0 L 4.2 qt

Fuel Tank 53 L 14 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

Transfer Case 0.35 L 0.36 qt

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


Technical Data 291

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 (LUV) B Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

1.4L L4 (LE2) M Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing




292 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 295Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 295GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 299Service Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 304OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 305

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toBuick. Normally, any concerns withthe sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


Customer Information 293

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contactGeneral Motors of CanadaCustomer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English) or1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Buick, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility. That iswhy we suggest following Step Onefirst.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesBuick encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail Buick, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232-5136www.Buick.com

1-800-521-73001-800-832-8425 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-252-1112

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800



All Overseas Locations

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Buick has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer AssistanceCenter. Any TTY user cancommunicate with Buick by dialing:1-800-832-8425. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.buick.com

The Buick online owner experienceallows interaction with Buick andkeeps important vehicle-specificinformation in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar onboard vehiclediagnostic information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers,and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 289.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information.

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.buick.com to register yourvehicle.

Buick Owner Centre (Canada)buickowner.ca

Visit the Buick Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Use the Vehicle Tools section.

. Access third party enthusiastsites and social media networks.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download the owner’s manualfor your vehicle, quickly andeasily.

. Find the Buick-recommendedmaintenance services for yourvehicle.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to make anychanges or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andBuick reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.


Customer Information 297. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Buick dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck insand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warranty

event, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. Diesel fueldelivery may be restricted.Propane and other fuels are notprovided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help youmake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,



after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costs



and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 296.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


Customer Information 301. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 70.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner’s Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner’s Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner’sManual only.



RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Service and Owner publications areavailable for many current and pastmodel year GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /ICES-001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-521-7300, or write:

Buick Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33136Detroit, MI 48232–5136

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0818.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.



GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to the

OnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar Additional Information0 312.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


306 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. PressQtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 307

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


308 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


OnStar 309

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyBuick mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at

4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi orSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On somevehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.


310 OnStar

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, by using the myBuickmobile app, or by contacting anOnStar Advisor. On some vehicles,Wi-Fi can also be managed from theWi-Fi Hotspot menu.

MyBuick Mobile App (If Available)

Download the myBuick mobile appto compatible Apple and Androidsmartphones. Buick users canaccess the following services from asmartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Buick on socialmedia.

For myBuick mobile app informationand compatibility, seewww.my.buick.com.

An active OnStar service,compatible device, factory-installedremote start, and power locks arerequired. Data rates apply. Seewww.onstar.com for details andsystem limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion. For some vehicles, press=to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then selectHands-Free calling. For othervehicles press= as follows.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”


OnStar 311

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics provides away to keep up on maintenance.Capabilities vary by model. Seewww.onstar.com for details andsystem limitations. Message anddata rates may apply.

Advanced Diagnostics requires anactive OnStar paid service plan,e-mail address on file, andenrollment in Advanced Diagnostics.

Includes:

. Diagnostic Alerts: Setpreferences to receive real-timee-mails, texts, or monthly reportsof the vehicle’s health. OrpressQ to have an Advisorinitiate a remote diagnosticreport.

. Proactive Alerts: Receive areal-time e-mail or text messageregarding potential issues withkey vehicle components, suchas the battery, fuel system,or starter system. Alerts forpotential issues appear on theinfotainment display. ProactiveAlerts are designed to helppredict specific types of issuesbased on information collectedfrom the vehicle. Other factorsmay affect vehicle performance.Not all issues will deliver alerts.In some cases, a dealer service


312 OnStar

check may be required toconfirm the accuracy of thealerts.

. Dealer Maintenance Notification:Have the vehicle notify yourpreferred dealer when it is timefor maintenance. Your dealer willthen contact you to set up anappointment.

To begin, pressQ to speak to anAdvisor, or see www.onstar.com.

OnStar AdditionalInformationOnStar Smart Driver

OnStar Smart Driver providesinformation about driving behavior tohelp maximize overall vehicleperformance, reduce wear and tear,and enhance fuel efficiency. AnInsurance Discounts Eligibilityfeature is also offered within OnStarSmart Driver. See www.onstar.comfor details regarding vehicleeligibility and system limitations.OnStar, General Motors, and theiraffiliates are not insuranceproviders. Obtain insurance onlyfrom licensed insurance providers.

In-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase.PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.


OnStar 313

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,Remote Services, RoadsideAssistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for service

in that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damageto the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicleaccess to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.


314 OnStar

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 days

without an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.


OnStar 315

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 197. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection is

described in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.


316 OnStar

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of a


OnStar 317

self-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


318 Index

Index AAbout Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 2Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 197Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Adjustments

Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .50Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 210Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .145, 148Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Passenger Sensing System . . . .72What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .67

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Passenger Status Indicator . . . .115Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

AlertSide Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 190

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .178, 219Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 178

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

ArmrestFront Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296


Index 319

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Shift Lock Control Function

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

BBattery

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Battery - North America . . . .219, 261Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 221Brake

System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .118Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 166Bulb Replacement

Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 227Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Sidemarker, Stoplamps,and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . . . 225

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106California

Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 194Perchlorate Materials

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200California

Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .199, 219, 261,

Back CoverCamera

Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Management System . . . . . . . . . . .99

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 98Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 116Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .79Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 94Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 145Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148


320 Index

Climate Control Systems (cont'd)Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 299Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Connections

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Control

Traction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Coolant

Engine Temperature Gauge . . .113Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 148Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Cover

Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Customer Information

Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 301

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 299Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 305OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 304Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Diagnostics

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

DoorDelayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 291Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 178, 219Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .123, 125Driving

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .24Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 160If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 162Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 158Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 162Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148


Index 321

EElectrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 228Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Emergency

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Engine

Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 203Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Engine (cont'd)Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 175Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 304Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 138Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

FFeatures

Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Filter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 210First Aid Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 140Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Fluid

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 210Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Fog LampsFront . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Front Fog Lamp

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Front Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 122Requirements, California . . . . . 194

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 228


322 Index

Fuses (cont'd)Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Gauges

Engine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 276Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 140Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 122High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 138Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 123

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 148High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 160Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 148

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Indicator

Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Infants and Young Children,

Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Instrument Panel

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 42Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .27Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 237Lamps

Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141


Index 323

Lamps (cont'd)Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 139Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Headlamps, Front Turn

Signal, and ParkingLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 141LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .118Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 121Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 138Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . .119Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . .114StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 122Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 278

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 116Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51


324 Index

MessagesEngine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 42Monitor System, Tire

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

NNavigation

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 166

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Off-Road

Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 209Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 78Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 295OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 309OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Ordering

Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 301Outlets

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

PPark

Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Parking (cont'd)Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 220Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 173

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Passenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 72Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 200Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Power

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 171Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 64Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 304


Index 325

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 298

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 219, 261,

Back Cover

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 302Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 184Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 105Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 264Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 77Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 303General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Roads

Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Roof

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 291Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 303General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 298Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .65Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .64

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Folding Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .50Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .50Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .50Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .98


326 Index

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 92, 94Security

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Climate Control System . . . . . . . 145Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 200Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 288Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Parts Identification Label . . . . . 289Publications Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 298

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Shift Lock Control Function

Check, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 190

SidemarkerBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Special Application Services . . . . 283Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 33Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 220Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Stoplamps and Back-Up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Cargo Management System . . . .99Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Storage Areas (cont'd)Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 97Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144, 305Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Taillamps

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 295Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 40

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250


Index 327

Tires (cont'd)Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Pressure Monitor Operation . . 245Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 244Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Terminology and Definitions . . 240Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 253When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 197Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 264Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

TractionControl System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Turn Signal

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

UUnderseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 252Universal Remote System . . . . . . 134

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Vehicle (cont'd)Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Identification Number (VIN) . . . 289Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 120Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Vehicle Data Recording and

Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .118Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 192

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108


328 Index

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 253Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 83Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Windshield

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 221Wipers

Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

84098804 B

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

18_BUI_Encore_COV_en_US_84098804B_2017NOV20.ai 1 11/2/2017 9:57:39 AM18_BUI_Encore_COV_en_US_84098804B_2017NOV20.ai 1 11/2/2017 9:57:39 AM

Documents

Owners Manual,Owner's Manual - Buick · this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, ... Part No. 84098804 B Second Printing ©2017 General Motors LLC